-
21 desaparecer
v.1 to disappear.me ha desaparecido la pluma my pen has disappearedserá mejor que desaparezcas de escena durante una temporada you'd better make yourself scarce for a whiledesaparecer de la faz de la tierra to vanish from the face of the earth¡desaparece de mi vista ahora mismo! get out of my sight this minute!La tristeza desaparece al amanecer Sadness disappears at dawn.Sus dudas desaparecieron His doubts disappeared.2 to go missing.* * *1 (dejar de estar) to disappear\desaparecer del mapa figurado to vanish off the face of the earthhacer desaparecer to cause to disappear, hide 2 (quitar) to get rid of* * *verbto disappear, vanish* * *1. VI1) [persona, objeto] to disappear, go missinghan desaparecido dos niños en el bosque — two children have disappeared o gone missing in the wood
me han desaparecido diez euros — ten euros of mine have disappeared o gone missing
mapa¡desaparece de mi vista! — get out of my sight!
2) [mancha, olor, síntoma] to disappear, go (away)3) euf (=morir) to pass away2.VT LAm (Pol) to disappeardesaparecieron a los disidentes — they disappeared the dissidents, the dissidents were disappeared
* * *1.verbo intransitivoa) ( de lugar) to disappearc) ( de la vista) to disappeardesapareció entre la muchedumbre — he disappeared o vanished into the crowd
2.desaparece de mi vista — (fam) get out of my sight
desaparecerse v pron (Andes) to disappear* * *= disappear, disband, fade (away/out), fall into + obscurity, vanish, die out, evaporate, go away, dissolve, pass on, go + missing, sweep away, slip through + the cracks, swallow up, slip from + the scene, go out of + existence, go + the way of the dodo, follow + the dodo, go + the way of the horseless carriage, go + the way of the dinosaur(s), blow away, wither away, drop from + sight, pass away, fizzle out, efface, fade into + obscurity, fade into + oblivion, go + forever, peter out, skulk off, sneak off, sneak away, go into + hiding, wear off, be all gone.Ex. This feature, portability, can be a mixed blessing-things which can be moved have a habit of disappearing.Ex. With the completion of the draft in 1983, the Working Group on an International Authority System was officially disbanded.Ex. Trails that are not frequently followed are prone to fade, items are not fully permanent, memory is transitory.Ex. The acid rain literature illustrated the 1st paradigm, where journals from the unadjusted literature were thrust forward in the adjusted literature, and no unadjusted journal fell into obscurity.Ex. She seized her sweater and purse and vanished.Ex. These changes accelerated through much of the nineteenth century, with the older material such as the chivalric romance dying out about the 1960s.Ex. It is pointless to create interest if it is then allowed to evaporate because the books cannot be obtained.Ex. Not surprisingly, the girls went away embarrassed, and the mother, if she was any better informed, was certainly none the wiser.Ex. He adjusted himself comfortably in the chair, overlapped his legs, and blew a smoke ring that dissolved two feet above her head.Ex. Further, it is true in nature that organisms are born, grow and mature, decline and pass on.Ex. This article describes the consequences of a burglary of a during which the desktop system, computer, image setter, and a FAX machine went missing.Ex. Librarians should ensure that the principles they stand for are not swept away on a tide of technological jingoism.Ex. The author discusses the factors which have led to early adolescent services slipping through the cracks.Ex. The growing complexity of computing environments requires creative solutions to prevent the gain in productivity promised by computing advances from being swallowed up by the necessity of moving information from one environment to another.Ex. With their numbers and their prices, serials in the paper format are as a spring fog slipping from the scene.Ex. The volunteer fire companies went out of existence, as did their library associations.Ex. Today, all of the early independents have gone the way of the dodo = En la actualidad, todas las empresas independientes originales han desaparecido.Ex. It has the choice: to follow the dodo or to rise again like the phoenix.Ex. When databases of information (particularly in full text) first became available on the Internet, many users felt that thesauri and subject classifications were no longer needed and would go the way of horseless carriages.Ex. The library will have to learn to cope with new technology and even larger amounts of material if it wishes to avoid going the way of the dinosaur.Ex. Its prediction that, with the passing of years, the taint of scandal will blow away, looks over-optimistic.Ex. He concludes that public libraries will wither away, together with the rights of the individual member of the public to information.Ex. The older material, such as the chivalric romances, dropped from sight.Ex. These tools are useable for analytical studies of how technologies emerge, mature and pass away.Ex. Over the weekend, she started three articles and each one fizzled out for lack of inspiration.Ex. The beauty, the aliveness, the creativity, the passion that made her lovable and gave her life meaning has been effaced.Ex. But he may be put under house arrest, a dire fate for a man who is terrified of fading into obscurity.Ex. The music industry as we know it is slowly fading into oblivion.Ex. Those were the good old days and now they have gone forever.Ex. Press demands for information soon petered out but enquiries from the general public continued for many months.Ex. Good attendance with 21 people there though a few skulked off without paying!.Ex. One of the great joys in life is sneaking off.Ex. So I decided to take my chances and sneak away quietly on a day when Fabiola had a group meeting at her lab.Ex. The three have been jailed for more than two weeks while a fourth journalist went into hiding after receiving a judicial summons.Ex. We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.Ex. The hall is quiet, the band has packed up, and the munchies are all gone.----* aparecer y desaparecer = come and go.* barreras + desaparecer = boundaries + dissolve.* desaparecer de la faz de la tierra = vanish from + the face of the earth, disappear from + the face of the earth.* desaparecer en el horizonte cabalgando al atardecer = ride off + into the sunset.* desaparecer en la distancia = disappear in + the distance.* desaparecer gradualmente = fade into + the sunset.* desaparecer las diferencias = blur + distinctions, blur + the lines between, blur + the boundaries between.* desaparecer poco a poco = fade into + the sunset.* desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.* desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.* desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.* límites + desaparecer = boundaries + crumble.* problema + desaparecer = problem + go away.* que no desaparece = lingering.* viejas costumbres nunca desaparecen, las = old ways never die, the.* * *1.verbo intransitivoa) ( de lugar) to disappearc) ( de la vista) to disappeardesapareció entre la muchedumbre — he disappeared o vanished into the crowd
2.desaparece de mi vista — (fam) get out of my sight
desaparecerse v pron (Andes) to disappear* * *= disappear, disband, fade (away/out), fall into + obscurity, vanish, die out, evaporate, go away, dissolve, pass on, go + missing, sweep away, slip through + the cracks, swallow up, slip from + the scene, go out of + existence, go + the way of the dodo, follow + the dodo, go + the way of the horseless carriage, go + the way of the dinosaur(s), blow away, wither away, drop from + sight, pass away, fizzle out, efface, fade into + obscurity, fade into + oblivion, go + forever, peter out, skulk off, sneak off, sneak away, go into + hiding, wear off, be all gone.Ex: This feature, portability, can be a mixed blessing-things which can be moved have a habit of disappearing.
Ex: With the completion of the draft in 1983, the Working Group on an International Authority System was officially disbanded.Ex: Trails that are not frequently followed are prone to fade, items are not fully permanent, memory is transitory.Ex: The acid rain literature illustrated the 1st paradigm, where journals from the unadjusted literature were thrust forward in the adjusted literature, and no unadjusted journal fell into obscurity.Ex: She seized her sweater and purse and vanished.Ex: These changes accelerated through much of the nineteenth century, with the older material such as the chivalric romance dying out about the 1960s.Ex: It is pointless to create interest if it is then allowed to evaporate because the books cannot be obtained.Ex: Not surprisingly, the girls went away embarrassed, and the mother, if she was any better informed, was certainly none the wiser.Ex: He adjusted himself comfortably in the chair, overlapped his legs, and blew a smoke ring that dissolved two feet above her head.Ex: Further, it is true in nature that organisms are born, grow and mature, decline and pass on.Ex: This article describes the consequences of a burglary of a during which the desktop system, computer, image setter, and a FAX machine went missing.Ex: Librarians should ensure that the principles they stand for are not swept away on a tide of technological jingoism.Ex: The author discusses the factors which have led to early adolescent services slipping through the cracks.Ex: The growing complexity of computing environments requires creative solutions to prevent the gain in productivity promised by computing advances from being swallowed up by the necessity of moving information from one environment to another.Ex: With their numbers and their prices, serials in the paper format are as a spring fog slipping from the scene.Ex: The volunteer fire companies went out of existence, as did their library associations.Ex: Today, all of the early independents have gone the way of the dodo = En la actualidad, todas las empresas independientes originales han desaparecido.Ex: It has the choice: to follow the dodo or to rise again like the phoenix.Ex: When databases of information (particularly in full text) first became available on the Internet, many users felt that thesauri and subject classifications were no longer needed and would go the way of horseless carriages.Ex: The library will have to learn to cope with new technology and even larger amounts of material if it wishes to avoid going the way of the dinosaur.Ex: Its prediction that, with the passing of years, the taint of scandal will blow away, looks over-optimistic.Ex: He concludes that public libraries will wither away, together with the rights of the individual member of the public to information.Ex: The older material, such as the chivalric romances, dropped from sight.Ex: These tools are useable for analytical studies of how technologies emerge, mature and pass away.Ex: Over the weekend, she started three articles and each one fizzled out for lack of inspiration.Ex: The beauty, the aliveness, the creativity, the passion that made her lovable and gave her life meaning has been effaced.Ex: But he may be put under house arrest, a dire fate for a man who is terrified of fading into obscurity.Ex: The music industry as we know it is slowly fading into oblivion.Ex: Those were the good old days and now they have gone forever.Ex: Press demands for information soon petered out but enquiries from the general public continued for many months.Ex: Good attendance with 21 people there though a few skulked off without paying!.Ex: One of the great joys in life is sneaking off.Ex: So I decided to take my chances and sneak away quietly on a day when Fabiola had a group meeting at her lab.Ex: The three have been jailed for more than two weeks while a fourth journalist went into hiding after receiving a judicial summons.Ex: We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.Ex: The hall is quiet, the band has packed up, and the munchies are all gone.* aparecer y desaparecer = come and go.* barreras + desaparecer = boundaries + dissolve.* desaparecer de la faz de la tierra = vanish from + the face of the earth, disappear from + the face of the earth.* desaparecer en el horizonte cabalgando al atardecer = ride off + into the sunset.* desaparecer en la distancia = disappear in + the distance.* desaparecer gradualmente = fade into + the sunset.* desaparecer las diferencias = blur + distinctions, blur + the lines between, blur + the boundaries between.* desaparecer poco a poco = fade into + the sunset.* desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.* desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.* desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.* estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.* límites + desaparecer = boundaries + crumble.* problema + desaparecer = problem + go away.* que no desaparece = lingering.* viejas costumbres nunca desaparecen, las = old ways never die, the.* * *desaparecer [E3 ]vi1 (de un lugar) to disappeardesapareció sin dejar huella he disappeared o vanished without trace, he did a vanishing trick o a disappearing act ( hum)hizo desaparecer el sombrero ante sus ojos he made the hat disappear o vanish before their very eyesen esta oficina las cosas tienden a desaparecer things tend to disappear o go missing in this office2 «dolor/síntoma» to disappear; «cicatriz» to disappear, go; «costumbre» to disappear, die outlo dejé en remojo y la mancha desapareció I left it to soak and the stain came outtenía que hacer desaparecer las pruebas he had to get rid of the evidence3 (de la vista) to disappearel sol desapareció detrás de una nube the sun disappeared o went behind a cloudel ladrón desapareció entre la muchedumbre the thief disappeared o vanished into the crowddesaparece de mi vista antes de que te pegue ( fam); get out of my sight before I wallop you ( colloq)( Andes)1 (de un lugar) to disappearse desaparecieron mis gafas my glasses have disappeared2 (de la vista) to disappear* * *
desaparecer ( conjugate desaparecer) verbo intransitivo [persona/objeto] to disappear;
[dolor/síntoma/cicatriz] to disappear, go;
[ costumbre] to disappear, die out;
[ mancha] to come out
desaparecerse verbo pronominal (Andes) to disappear
desaparecer verbo intransitivo to disappear: me ha desaparecido la cartera, I can't find my wallet
el sol desapareció detrás de las nubes, the sun vanished behind the clouds
♦ Locuciones: desaparecer del mapa/de la faz de la tierra, to vanish off the face of the earth
' desaparecer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
confundirse
- disipar
- escabullirse
- lance
- magia
- mapa
- obliterar
- perderse
- volar
- volatilizarse
- camino
- comer
- ir
- pasar
- quitar
- sacar
English:
disappear
- dissipate
- linger
- lost
- magic away
- melt away
- sink away
- trace
- vanish
- face
- melt
- missing
* * *♦ videsapareció tras las colinas it dropped out of sight behind the hills;me ha desaparecido la pluma my pen has disappeared;hizo desaparecer una paloma y un conejo he made a dove and a rabbit vanish;será mejor que desaparezcas de escena durante una temporada you'd better make yourself scarce for a while;desaparecer de la faz de la tierra to vanish from the face of the earth;¡desaparece de mi vista ahora mismo! get out of my sight this minute!2. [dolor, síntomas, mancha] to disappear, to go;[cicatriz] to disappear; [sarpullido] to clear up3. [en guerra, accidente] to go missing, to disappear;muchos desaparecieron durante la represión many people disappeared during the crackdown♦ vtAm [persona] = to detain extrajudicially during political repression and possibly kill* * *I v/i disappear, vanishII v/t L.Am.disappear fam, make disappear* * *desaparecer {53} vt: to cause to disappeardesaparecer vi: to disappear, to vanish* * *desaparecer vb to disappear -
22 estar en flor
(v.) = be in bloom, be in flowerEx. The spring is beautiful when the magnolia trees are in bloom.Ex. The first meeting was held on 8 March with the first real judging taking place on 22 March when several tulips were in flower.* * *(v.) = be in bloom, be in flowerEx: The spring is beautiful when the magnolia trees are in bloom.
Ex: The first meeting was held on 8 March with the first real judging taking place on 22 March when several tulips were in flower. -
23 estar en floración
(v.) = be in bloom, be in flowerEx. The spring is beautiful when the magnolia trees are in bloom.Ex. The first meeting was held on 8 March with the first real judging taking place on 22 March when several tulips were in flower.* * *(v.) = be in bloom, be in flowerEx: The spring is beautiful when the magnolia trees are in bloom.
Ex: The first meeting was held on 8 March with the first real judging taking place on 22 March when several tulips were in flower. -
24 levantarse
1 (alzarse) to rise2 (ponerse de pie) to stand up3 (dejar la cama) to get up, get out of bed4 (sublevarse) to rebel, rise up5 (viento, oleaje) to get up* * *1) to get up2) stand up3) rise* * *VPR1) (=alzarse)a) [de la cama, del suelo] to get up¡venga, levántate! — come on, get out of bed o get up!
- levantarse con ob) [de un asiento] to get up, stand upse levantaron todos cuando entró el obispo — everyone got up o stood up o rose to their feet frm when the bishop entered
2) (=erguirse) [edificio, monumento] to standla torre se levanta por encima de los demás edificios — the tower rises o stands above the other buildings
3) (=despegarse)a) (Constr) [pintura] to come off, peel off; [baldosa, suelo] to come upb) [piel] to peel4) (Meteo)a) (=disiparse) [niebla, nubes] to liftb) (=producirse) [viento] to get up5) (=sublevarse) to rise, rise up6) (Rel) (=resucitar) to rise7) * (=apoderarse)* * *= get up, rise, roll out of + bed, rise to + Posesivo + feet.Ex. Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.Ex. Rising to leave, she indicated that she intended to call a meeting of the staff to see if they had any ideas.Ex. His son often had trouble rolling out of bed in the morning and making it to school on time.Ex. She deliberately refused to rise to her feet when he entered a room as was customary, often pretending not to have seen him.----* levantarse de la cama = get out of + bed.* levantarse temprano = get up + early, have + an early morning.* * *= get up, rise, roll out of + bed, rise to + Posesivo + feet.Ex: Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.
Ex: Rising to leave, she indicated that she intended to call a meeting of the staff to see if they had any ideas.Ex: His son often had trouble rolling out of bed in the morning and making it to school on time.Ex: She deliberately refused to rise to her feet when he entered a room as was customary, often pretending not to have seen him.* levantarse de la cama = get out of + bed.* levantarse temprano = get up + early, have + an early morning.* * *
■levantarse verbo reflexivo
1 (de una silla, del suelo) to stand up, rise
(de la cama) to get up: está de mal humor, se levantó con el pie izquierdo, he's in a bad mood, he got out of bed on the wrong side
2 (para protestar) to rise, revolt: el pueblo se levantó ante aquel abuso, the people rose up against that abuse
3 (viento, brisa) to get up
(una tormenta) to gather
4 (acabar) to finish: se levantó el embargo, the embargo was lifted
' levantarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alzarse
- elevarse
- segunda
- segundo
- ademán
- arriba
- incorporar
- levantar
- parar
- pie
- temprano
- trabajo
English:
accustom
- arise
- bed
- get up
- lie-in
- mean
- rise
- spring up
- stand
- stand up
- surface
- surge
- tip up
- used
- weak
- blow
- bounce
- clear
- get
- go
- lift
- melt
- spring
- stir
- turn
* * *vpr1. [ponerse de pie] to stand up;[de la cama] to get up;levantarse de la silla to get up from one's chair;levantarse tarde to sleep in, to get up late;levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side2. [pintura, venda] to come off3. [viento, oleaje] to get up;[tormenta] to gather;con el viento se levantó una gran polvareda the wind blew up a huge cloud of dust4. [sobresalir]la cúpula de la catedral se levanta sobre la ciudad the dome of the cathedral stands out against o rises up above the rest of the city6. [elevarse] [sol] to climb in the sky;[niebla] to lift* * *v/r4 en rebelión rise up* * *vr1) : to rise, to stand up2) : to get out of bed* * *levantarse vb1. (de la cama) to get up -
25 llenar de alegría
(v.) = delight, brighten upEx. Libraries must begin seriously to assess how well they are anticipating, meeting, and delighting students and faculty.Ex. The flowers will really help brighten up the cemetery when they flower in spring.* * *(v.) = delight, brighten upEx: Libraries must begin seriously to assess how well they are anticipating, meeting, and delighting students and faculty.
Ex: The flowers will really help brighten up the cemetery when they flower in spring. -
26 naciente
adj.1 dawning.2 new, fledgling (Gobierno, Estado).3 nascent, budding, dawning, emergent.f.1 spring, water source.2 East.* * *► adjetivo1 (nuevo) new2 (creciente) growing1 (este) East* * *1.ADJ (=que nace) nascent frm; (=nuevo) new, recent; (=creciente) growing; [sol] risingel naciente interés por... — the new-found o growing interest in...
2. SM1) (=este) east* * *Ia) < sol> rising (before n)b) < amistad> newly-formedIIIIIel naciente — (liter) the Orient (liter)
* * *= emerging, nascent, infant, a-borning.Ex. We have too much invested for us to assume any longer that we can, by sheer force of will, temper their influence on emerging standards.Ex. Later this strip is retyped into ordinary language, for in its nascent form it is intelligible only to the initiated.Ex. A little later in the same document, in a passage dealing in a rather smug way with the then infant county libraries we read that the purpose of such libraries should be to relieve the tedium of idle hours quite irrespective of intellectual profit or educational gain.Ex. The article 'A new alliance a-borning?' reports the 50th Anniversary Meeting of the Association of American University Presses.----* mercado naciente = emerging market.* sol naciente = rising sun.* * *Ia) < sol> rising (before n)b) < amistad> newly-formedIIIIIel naciente — (liter) the Orient (liter)
* * *= emerging, nascent, infant, a-borning.Ex: We have too much invested for us to assume any longer that we can, by sheer force of will, temper their influence on emerging standards.
Ex: Later this strip is retyped into ordinary language, for in its nascent form it is intelligible only to the initiated.Ex: A little later in the same document, in a passage dealing in a rather smug way with the then infant county libraries we read that the purpose of such libraries should be to relieve the tedium of idle hours quite irrespective of intellectual profit or educational gain.Ex: The article 'A new alliance a-borning?' reports the 50th Anniversary Meeting of the Association of American University Presses.* mercado naciente = emerging market.* sol naciente = rising sun.* * *1 ‹sol› rising ( before n)2 ‹amistad› newly-formedsu naciente interés por la música her newfound interest in musicel naciente interés por la ecología the new interest in ecology(CS)source* * *
naciente adjetivo ‹ sol› rising ( before n);
naciente
I adj (incipiente) new, incipient
(sol) rising
II sustantivo masculino East
' naciente' also found in these entries:
English:
rising
* * *♦ adj1. [día] dawning;[sol] rising2. [gobierno, estado] fledgling, new;[interés, amistad] budding;la fragilidad de la naciente democracia the precarious nature of the fledgling democracy♦ nm[este] east RP [nacimiento] source* * *adj2 sol rising* * *naciente adj1) : newfound, growing2) : risingel sol naciente: the rising sun -
27 attendre
attendre [atɑ̃dʀ]➭ TABLE 411. transitive verba. [personne] to wait for• qu'est-ce qu'on attend pour partir ? what are we waiting for?• êtes-vous attendu ? are you expected?• l'argent qu'il me doit, je l'attends toujours I'm still waiting for the money he owes me• on ne peut rien faire en attendant de recevoir sa lettre we can't do anything until we get his letter• en attendant qu'il revienne, je vais vite faire une course while I'm waiting for him to come back I'm going to go down to the shop• en attendant, c'est moi qui fais tout ! all the same, it's me that does everything!b. [voiture] to be waiting for ; [mauvaise surprise, sort] to be in store forc. ( = escompter) [+ personne, chose] to expect• attendre qch de qn/qch to expect sth from sb/sthd. attendre un enfant or un bébé• l'argent que je t'ai prêté, je n'attends pas après I'm not desperate for the money I lent you• je n'attends pas après lui ! I can get along without him!2. intransitive verbto wait ; ( = se conserver) to keep• attends, je vais t'expliquer wait, let me explain• vous attendez ou vous voulez rappeler plus tard ? will you hold or do you want to call back later?• tu peux toujours attendre ! you'll be lucky!3. reflexive verba. [personnes] to wait for each other• Lionel ! si je m'attendais (à te voir ici) ! (inf) Lionel, fancy meeting you here!* * *atɑ̃dʀ
1.
1) gén to wait for [personne, événement]; to wait until ou till [date] ( pour faire to do)j'attends qu'il finisse or ait fini — I'm waiting for him to finish
attendre son jour or heure — to bide one's time
où étais-tu, on ne t'attendait plus! — where were you? we'd given up on you!; ferme I
2) (être prêt, préparé) [voiture, taxi] to be waiting for; [chambre, appartement] to be ready for3) (être prévu, prévisible) [succès, aventure] to await, to be in store for [personne]4) ( compter sur)elle attend un bébé or un enfant — she's expecting a baby
2.
verbe intransitif to wait; ( au téléphone) to holdattends un peu! — wait a moment; ( menace) just (you) wait!
en attendant — ( pendant ce temps) in the meantime; ( néanmoins) all the same, nonetheless
tu ne perds rien pour attendre! — (colloq) I'll get you (colloq), just you wait!
3.
s'attendre verbe pronominals'attendre à quelque chose/à faire — to expect something/to do
s'attendre à ce que quelqu'un fasse/quelque chose se produise — to expect somebody to do/something to happen
avec lui, il faut s'attendre à tout — with him, anything can happen
••tout vient à point pour qui sait attendre — Proverbe everything comes to him who waits Proverbe
* * *atɑ̃dʀ1. vt1) [visiteur, événement] to wait forattendre que qch se produise — to wait for sth to happen, to wait until sth happens
Attends qu'il ne pleuve plus. — Wait for it to stop raining., Wait until it's stopped raining.
J'attends d'avoir de ses nouvelles. — I'm waiting to hear from him.
Je l'attends de pied ferme. — I'm ready and waiting for him.
J'attends d'avoir un appartement à moi. — I'm waiting until I've got a flat of my own.
3)4) (être destiné ou réservé à) to be in store for, to awaitOn ne sait jamais ce qui nous attend. — We never know what's in store for us.
5) (= escompter, espérer) to expectJe n'attends plus rien de la vie. — I expect nothing more from life.
2. vi1) (dans l'attente d'un visiteur, d'un événement) to waitAttendons, cela ne sert à rien de s'énerver. — Let's wait, there's no point getting annoyed.
Attends, je vais t'expliquer. — Wait, I'll explain.
2)attendez que je réfléchisse — wait, let me think
* * *attendre verb table: rendreA vtr1 ( processus qui dure) [personne] to wait for [personne]; to wait for, to await sout [événement]; to wait until ou till [date] (pour faire to do); attendre l'arrivée de qn to wait for sb to arrive, to await sb's arrival; j'attends le bus I'm waiting for the bus; j'ai attendu le bus (pendant) dix minutes I waited for the bus for ten minutes, I waited ten minutes for the bus; j'attends le bus depuis dix minutes I've been waiting for the bus for ten minutes, I've been waiting ten minutes for the bus; je t'ai attendu jusqu'à 8 heures I waited for you until 8 o'clock; attendre la fin d'une émission to wait till the end of a programmeGB; n'attends pas demain/la nuit pour le réparer don't wait until ou till tomorrow/dark to mend it; attendre le bon moment pour agir to wait for the right moment ou until the time is right to act; attendre la pluie pour semer to wait for the rain before sowing; j'attends qu'il finisse or ait fini I'm waiting for him to finish; j'attends qu'on me serve or d'être servi I'm waiting to be served; elle n'attendait que ça! that's just what she was waiting for; il attend impatiemment Noël/leur départ he can't wait for Christmas/for them to leave; il n'attend qu'une chose, c'est de prendre sa retraite he can't wait to retire; attendre son tour to wait one's turn; on n'attend plus qu'elle pour commencer we're just waiting for her and then we can start; aller attendre un train/qn au train/qn à la gare to (go and) meet a train/sb off a train/sb at the station; attends qu'il écrive pour or avant de décider wait until ou till he writes ou wait for him to write before you decide; attends d'avoir vu l'autre pour commander wait until ou till you've seen the other one before you order; qu'attends-tu pour partir/répondre? why don't you leave/answer?; j'attends de voir pour y croire I'll believe it when I see it; se faire attendre to keep people waiting; le serveur/chèque se fait attendre the waiter/cheque GB ou check US is taking a long time ou is a long time coming; le printemps se fait attendre spring is late, spring is slow to arrive; la réaction ne se fit pas attendre the reaction was instantaneous; attendre son jour or heure to bide one's time; reste ici en attendant de trouver mieux/que la pluie cesse/l'heure du départ stay here until you find sth better/the rain stops/it's time to go; en attendant mieux until something better turns up; où étais-tu, on ne t'attendait plus! where were you? we'd given up on you!; si je n'attendais que toi pour m'aider/ça pour vivre! iron it's a good thing I'm not relying on you to help/that to keep me going!; c'est là que je l'attends○! I'm ready and waiting!, I'm right here!; ⇒ ferme;2 (être prêt, préparé) [voiture, taxi] to be waiting for [personne]; [chambre, appartement] to be ready for [personne]; une lettre vous attend à la réception there's a letter (waiting) for you at reception; un délicieux repas m'attendait a delicious meal awaited me; le déjeuner vous attend! lunch is ready!;3 (être prévu, prévisible) [succès, aventure] to await, to be in store for [personne]; une surprise désagréable les attendait à leur arrivée there was a nasty surprise awaiting them when they arrived; je ne sais pas ce qui m'attend I don't know what's in store for me; quel avenir nous attend? what does the future hold (in store) for us?; un brillant avenir les attendait a brilliant future lay ahead of them; les élections sont attendues comme un test the elections are being viewed as a test;4 ( compter sur) je les attends pour 5 heures I'm expecting them at five; elle attend un bébé or un enfant she's expecting a baby, she's expecting○; attendre qch de qn/qch to expect sth from sb/sth; attendre de qn qu'il fasse to expect sb to do; on attend beaucoup de ce nouveau traitement great things are expected of this new treatment; j'attendais mieux de vous I expected more of you; j'attendais mieux de ce roman I found the novel rather disappointing.B vi to wait; ( au téléphone) to hold; attends un instant wait a moment, hang on (a minute)○; la ligne est occupée, voulez- vous attendre? the line is engaged GB ou busy US, do you want to hold?; attends un peu! wait a moment; ( menace) just (you) wait!; attends voir○ wait a minute, let's see; faire attendre qn to keep sb waiting; sans plus attendre without further delay; la lettre attendra the letter can wait; ce plat n'attend pas this dish has to be served immediately; en attendant ( pendant ce temps) in the meantime; ( néanmoins) all the same, nonetheless; en attendant, je ferai mes courses in the meantime, I'll do my shopping; ce n'est peut-être pas grave mais, en attendant, ça fait mal it may not be serious but all the same it's painful ou it's painful nonetheless; tu ne perds rien pour attendre○! I'll get you, just you wait!C s'attendre vpr s'attendre à qch/à faire to expect sth/to do; je m'attendais au pire/à mieux I was expecting the worst/something better; attends-toi à être interrogé you'll no doubt be grilled; au moment où je m'y attendais le moins (just) when I was least expecting it; s'attendre à ce que qn fasse/qch se produise to expect sb to do/sth to happen; il fallait s'y attendre it was to be expected; avec lui, il faut s'attendre à tout with him, anything can happen; ça alors, si je m'attendais à te retrouver professeur! I must say I'm surprised to find you in teaching!; quelle bonne surprise! si je m'attendais○! what a nice surprise! who would've thought it!; ⇒ cent.[atɑ̃dr] verbe transitifA.[IDÉE DE TEMPS, D'ATTENTE]1. [rester jusqu'à la venue de - retardataire, voyageur] to wait for (inseparable)je l'attends pour partir I'm waiting till he gets here before I leave, I'll leave as soon as he gets here(aller) attendre quelqu'un à l'aéroport/la gare to (go and) meet somebody at the airport/the stationelle se trompera, et je l'attends au tournant she'll make a mistake and that's when I'll get her2. [escompter l'arrivée de - facteur, invité] to wait for (inseparable), to expect ; [ - colis, livraison] to expect, to await (soutenu) ; [ - réponse, événement] to wait for (inseparable), to awaitje ne t'attendais plus! I'd given up waiting for you!, I'd given up on youattendre quelqu'un à ou pour dîner to expect somebody for dinnervous êtes attendu, le docteur va vous recevoir immédiatement the doctor's expecting you, he'll see you straightawayqu'est-ce que tu attends? [ton interrogatif ou de reproche] what are you waiting for?ils n'attendent que ça, c'est tout ce qu'ils attendent that's exactly ou just what they're waiting foril attend le grand jour avec impatience he's looking forward to the big day, he can't wait for the big daycela peut attendre demain that can wait till ou until tomorrowje lui ai prêté 3 000 euros et je les attends toujours I lent him 3,000 euros and I still haven't got it backa. [après une élection] the results didn't take long to come inb. [conséquences d'une action] there were immediate consequences3. [suj: femme enceinte]attendre des jumeaux to be pregnant with ou expecting twins5. [suj: destin, sort, aventure] to await (soutenu), to be ou to lie in store forsi tu savais ou tu ne sais pas ce qui t'attend! you haven't a clue what you're in for, have you?avant de me porter volontaire, je voudrais savoir ce qui m'attend before I volunteer, I'd like to know what I'm letting myself in for6. [espérer]j'attendais mieux d'elle I thought she'd do better, I was expecting better things from her7. [avoir besoin de] to needle pays attend encore l'homme qui sera capable de mettre fin à la guerre civile the country is still waiting for the man who will be able to put an end to the civil warB.[AVEC COMPLÉMENT INTRODUIT PAR 'QUE']attendre que: nous attendrons qu'elle soit ici we'll wait till ou until she gets here ou for her to get hereattends (un peu) que je le dise à ton père! just you wait till ou until I tell your father!C.[AVEC COMPLÉMENT INTRODUIT PAR 'DE']attends d'être grand wait til ou untill you're olderj'attends avec impatience de la revoir I can't wait to see her again, I'm really looking forward to seeing her again————————[atɑ̃dr] verbe intransitif1. [patienter] to waitles gens n'aiment pas attendre people don't like to be kept waiting ou to have to waitil est en ligne, vous attendez? he's on the other line, will you hold?si tu crois qu'il va t'aider, tu peux toujours attendre! if you think he's going to help you, don't hold your breath!mais enfin attends, je ne suis pas prêt! wait a minute, will you, I'm not ready!elle s'appelle, attends, comment déjà? her name is, wait a minute, now what is it?et attends, tu ne sais pas le plus beau! wait (for it) ou hold on, the best part's yet to come!attendez voir, je crois me souvenir let's see ou let me see ou think, I seem to remember2. [suj: plat chaud, soufflé] to wait[suj: vin, denrée] to keep3. [être reporté] to wait————————attendre après verbe plus préposition1. [avoir besoin de]2. [compter sur]attendre après quelqu'un to rely ou to count on somebodysi tu attends après lui, tu n'auras jamais tes renseignements if you're counting on him ou if you leave it up to him, you'll never get the information you wantelle est assez grande, elle n'attend plus après toi! she's old enough to get along (perfectly well) without you!————————s'attendre verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)on s'attend à l'entrée du cinéma we'll wait for each other ou we'll meet outside the cinema————————s'attendre à verbe pronominal plus prépositionnous ne nous attendions pas à ce que la grève réussisse we weren't expecting the strike to succeed, we hadn't anticipated that the strike would succeedcomme il fallait s'y attendre as was to be expected, predictably enoughen attendant locution adverbiale1. [pendant ce temps]finis ton dessert, en attendant je vais faire le café finish your dessert, and in the meantime I'll make the coffee2. (familier) [malgré cela]oui mais, en attendant, je n'ai toujours pas mon argent that's as may be but I'm still missing my moneyris si tu veux mais, en attendant, j'ai réussi à mon examen you can laugh, but I passed my exam all the sameen attendant que locution conjonctiveen attendant qu'il s'explique, on ne sait rien until (such time as) he's explained himself ou as long as he hasn't provided any explanations, we don't know anything -
28 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
29 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
30 na
praep. 1. (wskazuje na kontakt z powierzchnią) [znajdować się] on- na stole/kanapie/krześle on the table/sofa/chair- na ścianie/drzwiach on the wall/door- na Ziemi/Księżycu on the Earth/Moon- na niebie in the sky- na jeziorze/rzece on the lake/river- na morzu at sea- na zdjęciu/obrazie (jako temat) in a photo/picture- na środku czegoś in the middle a. centre of sth- na początku/końcu czegoś at the beginning/end of sth- rana na nodze a wound on a a. in the leg- mieć na sobie marynarkę/płaszcz to be wearing a jacket/coat- nosiła pierścionek na małym palcu, a na szyi korale she had a ring on her little finger and beads (a)round her neck- włóż płaszcz na sweter put your coat on over your sweater2. (wskazuje na pomieszczenie, miejsce) at, in- na stadionie at the stadium- na korytarzu in the corridor- na ulicy in the street, outside- na ulicy Klonowej in a. on Klonowa Street- na dworcu/przystanku autobusowym at the station/bus stop- na staromiejskim rynku in the Old Town marketplace- na wschodzie/południu in the East/South- na Bliskim Wschodzie in the Middle East- na Ukrainie/Węgrzech in (the) Ukraine/in Hungary- na Śląsku/Mazowszu in Silesia/Mazovia- na wyspie/Borneo on an island/in Borneo- na wsi in the country- na uniwersytecie at (the) university/in the university- na wykładzie/przedstawieniu at a lecture/performance- na górze/dole (wysokość) at the top/bottom; (w budynku) upstairs/downstairs3. (wskazuje na kierunek) [pójść, prowadzić] to- na plażę/bagna to the beach/marshes- na stację/salę operacyjną to the station/the operating theatre- na Łotwę/Pomorze to Latvia/Pomerania- na Sycylię/Krym to Sicily/the Crimea- wyprawa na Mount Everest an expedition to Mount Everest- wspinać się na Giewont to climb Giewont- robotnicy wylegli na ulice workers took to the streets- dostał się na uniwersytet/prawo he entered university a. was admitted to university/he entered the law department- poszła na zebranie/koncert she went to a meeting/concert- iść/skręcać na północ/wschód to go/turn north/east- okna wychodzą na południe/na ogród the windows face south/look onto the garden- na północ/wschód od czegoś to the north/east of sth- na górę/dół (wyżej/niżej) up/down; (w budynku) upstairs/downstairs- patrzeć na kogoś to look at sb- postawić wazon na stół a. na stole to put a vase on the table- ładować meble na ciężarówkę to load furniture onto a lorry- przenosić się z miejsca na miejsce to move from place to place4. (wskazuje na odcinek czasu) for- wyjechać na tydzień/dwa dni to go away for a week/two days- na krótko for a bit a. a short while- na zawsze forever, for ever- muszę was na chwilę zostawić I’ll have to leave you for a moment- ptaki odleciały na zimę the birds have flown off for the winter- na pół godziny przed odlotem samolotu half an hour before the plane’s departure5. (wskazuje na termin) przygotuję ten referat na środę I’ll prepare the paper for Wednesday- miałeś zrobić tłumaczenie na wczoraj you were supposed to finish the translation by yesterday- przesuńmy zebranie na jutro let’s postpone the meeting till tomorrow- masz przyjść na drugą/lunch you must come at two/for lunch- jestem z nim umówiony na siedemnastą/na piątego stycznia I’m seeing him at 5 p.m./on January the fifth6. (wskazuje na okazję) for- na tę okazję for the occasion- sukienka na specjalne okazje a dress for special occasions- zjeść coś na śniadanie/lunch to have a. eat sth for breakfast/lunch- kupić komuś prezent na urodziny to buy sb a present for his/her birthday- zaprosić kogoś na imieniny/wigilię to invite sb to one’s name day party/for Christmas Eve- pójść na wesele/pogrzeb to go to a wedding/funeral- pocałować/pomachać komuś na pożegnanie to kiss/wave sb goodbye7. (z nazwami środków lokomocji) na nartach/rowerze on skis/on a bike- policjanci na koniach policemen on horseback- jechać na rowerze to cycle, to ride a bike- latać na lotni to go hang-gliding- jeździć na łyżwach/wrotkach to skate a. go skating/to (roller) skate a. go (roller) skating- chodzić/stać na rękach to walk/stand on one’s hands- skakać na jednej nodze to hop on one foot- zjechał na nartach ze zbocza he skied down the slope- dziecko poruszało się na pupie po całym pokoju the baby shuffled around the room on his/her bottom8. (wskazujące na podporę) on- stolik na kółkach a table on a. with wheels- pantofle na wysokim obcasie highheeled shoes- pantofle na płaskim obcasie low-heeled shoes, flats US- fotel/konik na biegunach a rocking chair/horse- spodnie na szelkach/pasku trousers with braces/with a belt- prowadzić psa na smyczy to lead a dog on a leash- leżeć na brzuchu/plecach to lie on one’s stomach/back- oprzeć się na łokciu/na lasce to lean on one’s elbow/a cane9. (z nazwami narzędzi, urządzeń, instrumentów) on- na komputerze/kalkulatorze on a computer/calculator- pisać na maszynie to type, to write on a typewriter- uszyć sukienkę na maszynie to machine(-sew) a dress- grać na skrzypcach/fortepianie to play (on) the violin/piano- zagrać jakąś melodię na skrzypcach/fortepianie to play a tune on the violin/piano- robić na drutach to knit10. (wskazuje na sposób) pranie na sucho dry-cleaning- jajka na twardo/miękko hard-boiled/soft-boiled eggs- usmażyć coś na maśle/oleju to fry sth in butter/oil- ten rosół jest na wołowinie, nie na kurczaku this is beef broth, not chicken broth- nalewka na wiśniach cherry brandy- sprzedawać coś na sztuki/tuziny to sell sth by the piece/dozen- kupić coś na raty to pay for sth by a. in instalments- pomalować coś na niebiesko/zielono to paint sth blue/green- ubierać się na biało/czarno to dress in white/black- „podawać na zimno/gorąco” ‘serve cold/hot’- (ona) uczy się na piątki she always gets top marks11. (wskazuje na przeznaczenie) for- mięso na befsztyki/zupę meat for steak/soup- butelka na mleko a milk bottle- materiał na sukienkę dress material- stojak na buty a shoe rack- syrop na kaszel cough syrup- koncert na skrzypce i fortepian a concerto for violin and piano- dom na sprzedaż a house for sale- sztućce/stół na cztery osoby cutlery/a table for four (people)- brała krople na serce she took drops for her heart- nie mam już miejsca na książki I don’t have any more room for books- na dokończenie tego mieliśmy tylko dwie godziny we only had two hours to finish it- nie trać czasu na głupstwa don’t waste time on trifles- brakuje pieniędzy na zasiłki there’s a shortage of money for benefits12. (wskazuje na cel) for- zabrali go do szpitala na operację they took him to hospital for an operation- poszedł na egzamin he went to take a. went off for his exam- idę do znajomych na brydża I’m going to my friends to play (some) bridge a. for a game of bridge- umówmy się na piwo let’s meet for a beer- muszę pójść na zakupy I have to do some a. go shopping- na co chcesz pójść (do kina)? what (film) would you like to see?- wybrać się na grzyby/ryby to go mushroom picking/fishing- skoczył do wody jemu/jej na ratunek he jumped into the water to save him/her13. (wskazuje na skutek) to, into- podarł spodnie na strzępy he tore his trousers to shreds- wazon rozbił się na kawałki the vase smashed to pieces- porąbał drewno na kawałki he chopped the wood into pieces- pokrój mięso na plastry/kawałki cut the meat into slices/chunks- gips strwardniał na kamień the plaster set as hard as rock- przerobiła sukienkę na spódnicę she turned the dress into a skirt- przebudowali piwnicę na sklep they converted the cellar into a shop- rodzice wychowali go na uczciwego człowieka his parents brought him up to be an honest man14. (wskazuje na przyczynę) at- na czyjąś prośbę/zaproszenie at sb’s request/invitation- na czyjś rozkaz at sb’s order- na widok kogoś/czegoś at the sight of sb/sth- na dźwięk dzwonka wyskoczył z wanny at the sound of the bell he jumped out of the bath- na myśl o tym zrobiło mu się słabo he felt faint at the (very) thought of it- śledztwo rozpoczęto na wniosek poszkodowanego the investigation was opened at the request of the injured party- na nasz apel zgłosiło się wielu ochotników many volunteers responded to our appeal- oskarżeni utrzymują, że strzelali na rozkaz the accused claim that they were ordered to shoot- chorować na grypę to be ill with flu- przystanek na żądanie a request stop GB, a flagstop US15. (w pomiarach, obliczeniach) 100 kilometrów na godzinę a hundred kilometres per a. an hour- dwa razy na tydzień/rok twice a week/year- jeden student na dziesięciu one student in ten a. out of ten- na jedno miejsce było sześciu kandydatów there were six candidates per place- bieg na 100 metrów the 100 metres sprint- głęboki/długi na sześć metrów six metres deep/long- drzwi były otwarte na całą szerokość the door was wide open- podszedłem do niego na odległość kilku kroków I came to within several steps of him- poziom wody podniósł się na wysokość pierwszego piętra the level of the water rose up to the first floor- jak na swoje lata, jest w doskonałej formie he’s in excellent form for his years- jak na emeryta, ma spore dochody for a pensioner he has quite a large income- pomidory, jak na krajowe, są znakomite for Polish tomatoes they’re delicious- suma, jak na owe czasy, ogromna a huge sum for a. in those days a. times- na ówczesne warunki (for) the way things were at the time; for the conditions prevailing at that time książk.- na co? what for?- na co ci ołówek? what do you need a pencil for?- i na co wam to było? what did you have to do that for?* * *prep(+acc) ( kierunek) tona plażę/wieś — to the beach/country
na Węgry/Kubę — to Hungary/Cuba
wchodzić (wejść perf) na drzewo — to climb a tree
na zachód/północ — west/north, westward(s)/northward(s)
wpadać (wpaść perf) na kogoś — to bump into sb ( okres)
na 5 minut przed na — +loc five minutes before... ( termin)
na czwartą — ( zrobić coś) by four (o'clock); ( przyjść) at four (o'clock) ( okazja)
na sztuki/tuziny — by the piece/the dozen
na raty — on hire purchase (BRIT) lub installments (US)
na czyjąś prośbę/zaproszenie — at sb's request/invitation
na czyjś sygnał/życzenie — on sb's signal/wish
chory na grypę — ill lub sick (US) with flu ( miara)
dwa razy na tydzień — twice a lub per week
jeden na dziesięć — one in ten, one out of ten
malować (pomalować perf) coś na biało — to paint sth white ( przeznaczenie)
kosz na śmieci — dustbin (BRIT), garbage can (US)
jechać na wakacje/wycieczkę — to go on holiday/a trip
iść na wykład/koncert — to go to a lecture/concert ( z przysłówkami)
* * *naprep.+ Loc.1. ( miejsce) on, at, in ( często nie tłumaczony jako przyimek); na stole on the table; na ścianie on the wall; na górze/na dole up/down; at the top/bottom ( czegoś of sth); (= na piętrze/na parterze) upstairs/downstairs; na ulicy on the street; Br. in the street; na Siódmej Ulicy on Seventh Street; Br. in Seventh Street; na Pennsylvania Avenue pod numerem 10 Br. at 10 Pennsylvania Avenue; na Alasce/Litwie in Alaska/Lithuania; na deszczu (out) in the rain; na dworze (= na zewnątrz) outside, outdoors; na koniu on a horse, on horseback; na korytarzu in the corridor; na palcu/głowie on one's finger/head; mieć mnóstwo spraw na głowie przen. have a lot on one's mind l. shoulders; na początku/końcu czegoś at the beginning/end of sth; na polu in the field; na uniwersytecie/poczcie at the university/post office; na zachodzie in the west.3. (= podczas) at, during, on; na zebraniu/koncercie at a meeting/concert; na wakacjach on vacation; Br. on holiday; na wycieczce on a trip l. excursion; spędzać czas na czytaniu spend one's time reading.4. ( środek lokomocji) on; jechać na koniu ride (on) a horse; jeździć na nartach ski, go skiing; jeździć na rowerze ride (on) a bicycle, ride a bike.5. ( ruch lub pozycja ciała) on; chodzić na rękach walk on one's hands; leżeć na boku lie on one's side; na nogach (t. przen. = w dobrej kondycji) on one's feet.6. ( instrument) on; grać na skrzypcach/fortepianie play the violin/piano; grać melodię na fortepianie play a tune on the piano.8. ( precyzowanie znaczenia rzeczownika) buty na wysokich obcasach high-heeled shoes; ciasto na drożdżach yeast dough; nalewka na wiśniach cherry liqueur; koń na biegunach rocking horse.9. (po czasownikach l. przymiotnikach) oszczędzać na czymś economize on sth; wprawiać się na czymś cut one's teeth on sth; wychowany na czymś brought up l. raised on sth.prep.+ Acc.1. (kierunek l. cel) to, toward(s), on, upon ( często nie tłumaczony jako przyimek); na Alaskę/Litwę to Alaska/Lithuania; na stolicę (o celu marszu, operacji wojskowej) toward l. on the capital; na górę/na dół up/down; ( po schodach) upstairs/downstairs; na pocztę/dworzec kolejowy to the post office/railroad station; na ulicę (out) into the street; na zachód west, westward(s); wyjść na ulicę (euf. = zacząć uprawiać prostytucję) go on the streets.2. (po czasownikach l. przymiotnikach) chory na głowę (pot. = szalony) sick in the head, brainsick; chorować l. cierpieć na coś suffer from sth; cieszyć się na coś look forward to sth; krzyczeć na kogoś shout at sb; patrzeć na kogoś/coś look at sb/sth; zanosi się na deszcz it's going to rain; zły na kogoś/coś angry at/with sb/sth.5. (termin, wyznaczony czas) (dokładnie) na czas (right) on time; obiad będzie na piątą dinner will be (ready) at five; umówić się na środę agree to meet on Wednesday, schedule an appointment for Wednesday; wracam na Wielkanoc I'll be back l. returning for Easter; zrobię to na jutro I'll do it for tomorrow.7. ( przeznaczenie) kosz na śmieci waste-paper basket; materiał na sukienkę dress material; koncert na fortepian muz. piano concerto; skrzynka na listy mailbox; Br. letter-box.8. ( sposób) with, by; walczyć na miecze fight with swords; kupować na raty buy on installments; kupować/sprzedawać na sztuki buy/sell by the piece.9. ( miara) 100 kilometrów na godzinę a hundred kilometers an hour/per hour; szeroki na dwa metry two meters wide; raz na rok once a year.10. (przyczyna, bodziec) on, upon, at, to; co ty na to? what do you say?, what would you say to that?; na żądanie on demand; na czyjąś prośbę/czyjś rozkaz on l. at sb's request/order; na widok kogoś/czegoś at the sight of sb/sth; na wieść o wypadku upon the news of the accident; odpowiedzieć na pytanie answer a question.11. ( podział) into, in; drzeć coś na kawałki tear sth into l. to pieces; dzielenie włosa na czworo przen. hair-splitting; dzielić/łamać/składać coś na pół divide/break/fold sth in half.14. ( cel) to, for, into; być przyjętym na (Uniwersytet) Yale be accepted at l. by Yale (University); dostać się na wydział chemii get into the chemistry department; iść na przyjęcie/zebranie go to a party/meeting; iść na ryby go fishing; iść na spacer go for a walk; jechać na wycieczkę go on an excursion; wyskoczyć na miasto go out, go into town.15. ( w utarych zwrotach) na dobitkę to crown it all, to top it (all) off, on top of all that; na domiar złego to make matters worse; na przykład for example, for instance; jak na złość ironically; na zakończenie finally; na złamanie karku at breakneck speed l. pace, helter-skelter.16. ( w równoważnikach zdań) na pomoc! help!; na koń! mount up!; na zdrowie! ( toast) cheers!; ( odpowiedź na kichnięcie) bless you!prep.z przysłówkami, przymiotnikami i wyrazami nieodmiennymi3. ( sposób) na czczo on an empty stomach; na leżąco lying (down), reclining, prone; jajko na twardo hard-boiled egg; na wznak on the back.4. ( relacje przestrzenne) na zewnątrz (czegoś) outside (sth); na wprost (straight) on l. ahead; (= naprzeciw) opposite; na zachód/lewo ( o położeniu) to the west/left ( od czegoś of sth).5. ( w utartych zwrotach) wszystko na nic/na próżno (it's) all for nothing/in vain.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > na
-
31 hacer
v.1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).¿qué haces? what are you doing?tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to doestoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the roadElla hace la tarea She does her work.2 to make.hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/planshacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphonyhacer una fiesta to have a partypara hacer la carne… to cook the meat…Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.Le hago estudiar I make him study.Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)3 to make (obtener) (fotocopia).4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).5 to build (to build).han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).le hice señas I signaled to herhacer ruido to make a noiseel gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"7 to do (practicar) (en general).debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter10 to think, to reckon.a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now11 to be done to.Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.12 to place.Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.13 to be made to.Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.14 to be made for.Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.15 to travel, to make.Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.* * *Present Indicativehago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.Past IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativePast Participlehecho,-a.* * *verb1) to make2) do3) be•- hacer falta
- hacerse* * *Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) [indicando actividad en general] to do¿qué haces? — what are you doing?
¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?
¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!
•
hacer el [amor] — to make love•
hacer la [guerra] — to wage warhacer algo por hacer —
no tiene sentido hacer las cosas por hacerlas — there's no point doing things just for the sake of it
2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write•
le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, workel gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed
el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade
¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?
•
hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour•
hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign•
hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand•
hacer [ruido] — to make a noise•
hacer [sitio] — to make room•
hacer [tiempo] — to kill time5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to makehacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails
•
hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags6) (=dedicarse a)¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?
•
hacer [cine] — to make films•
hacer [teatro] — to act7) (=actuar)hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part
8) (=sumar) to makey cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros
este hace el corredor número 100 en atravesar la meta — he's the 100th runner to cross the finishing line
9) (=cumplir)voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week
10) (=obligar) + infin to make•
hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in•
me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it•
hacer [que] + subjun —11) (=mandar)+ infin12) (=transformar) + adj to make13) (=pensar) to thinkyo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older
14) (=acostumbrar)15) (=ejercitar)16)• hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=comportarse)•
hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as ifhizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed
2)• [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble
dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble
3) (=importar)no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind
4) (=ser apropiado)¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?
5) (=apetecer)¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?
¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?
6) [seguido de preposición]hacer de (Teat) to play the part of hacer por (=intentar)hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth
3. VERBO IMPERSONAL1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to behace calor/frío — it's hot/cold
¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?
2) [con expresiones temporales]hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left
hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him
¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?
•
[desde] hace cuatro años — for four years3) LAm (=haber, tener)4.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brewme hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table
2)a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?
hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal
b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to askhacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)
hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)
hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven
tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)
7)a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to makeb) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to golas vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'
8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500
10)a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to dohacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise
¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to doc) ( estudiar) to dohace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law
11)a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to doniño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!
qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?
hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)
hacerla (buena) — (fam)
ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!
hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody
soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!
b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to doy el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?
c) ( causar daño)12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool
13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it
14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?
15) (transformar en, volver) to makete hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son
16) ( dar apariencia de)17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf
todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...
hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf
18) ( obligar a)hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf
hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf
19)hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made
hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened
20) (suponer, imaginar)2.hacer vi1)a) (obrar, actuar)déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?
¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?
hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)
hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes
b) (+ compl)hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me
mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)
3) (fingir, simular)hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it
4) ( servir)hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital
5) ( interpretar personaje)hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody
hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy
6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
7) ( corresponder)8)no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse
¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?
9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned
10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)3.¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
hacer v impers1)hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
b) (fam & hum)hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry
¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?
hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago
4.hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years
1) hacerse v pron2) ( producirse)hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)
se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister
hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)
por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award
3)a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneselfb) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)4) ( causarse)¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?
¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?
todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself
6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make7)a) (volverse, convertirse en) to becomehacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun
se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old
b) (impers)se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)
c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cookd) (AmL) ( pasarle a)¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?
8) ( resultar)esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)
9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset
se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out
10) (caus)hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor
11) ( acostumbrarse)hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing
12) ( fingirse)¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)
no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me
yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice
13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to movehacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side
14) hacerse con15) hacerse de (AmL)tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money
* * *= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.----* acceder haciendo clic = click.* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.* cuando hace frío = in the cold.* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.* decidir hacer = spring for.* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace muchos años = for years.* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.* desde hace ya años = for years now.* difícil de hacer = hard to do.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.* estar haciendo = be up to.* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.* existir desde hace años = be around for years.* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.* hace algunos años = some years ago.* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.* hace años = years ago.* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.* hacer huir en batalla = route.* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.* hace miles de años = aeons ago.* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.* hace muchos años = many years ago.* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* hacer abono orgánico = compost.* hacer acampada = camp.* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.* hacer ágil = limber up.* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.* hacer alegaciones = plead.* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.* hacer Algo puré = mash.* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.* hacer a mano = handcraft.* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.* hacer amigos = win + friends.* hacer amistad = make + friend.* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.* hacer amistades = friend.* hacer ampollas = blister.* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.* hacer a partir de = make out of.* hacer apología = make + apology.* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.* hacer asequible = make + amenable.* hacer atractivo = endear.* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.* hacer avances = make + headway.* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.* hacer bajar = force down.* hacer balance de = take + stock of.* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.* hacer basto = coarsen.* hacer bien = do + good.* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.* hacer borroso = blur.* hacer bromas = banter.* hacer bucles = loop.* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.* hacer bulto = bulge.* hacer búsquedas en = search through.* hacer caca = take + a dump.* hacer caer = oust.* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.* hacer cara a = brave.* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.* hacer chatting = chat.* hacer circular = pass around.* hacer circular por = circulate round.* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cola = queue up.* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.* hacer comentarios = air + comments.* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.* hacer comparecer = arraign.* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer compost = compost.* hacer compras = do + shopping.* hacer comprender = bring + home.* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.* hacer conjeturas = speculate.* hacer constar = state.* hacer contrabando = smuggle.* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.* hacer cosas = get + things done.* hacer cosquillas = tickle.* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.* hacer crítica = find + fault with.* hacer croché = crochet.* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.* hacer cumplir = uphold.* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.* hacer de = make out of.* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.* hacer declamaciones = declaim.* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.* hacer descuento = discount.* hacer desfilar = parade.* hacer detonar = detonate.* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.* hacer diana = hit + home.* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.* hacer dinero = make + money.* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.* hacer eco = echo, resonate.* hacer eco de = echo.* hacer efectivo = cash in.* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.* hacer el amor = make + love.* hacer el avío = get + ready.* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.* hacer el cambio = make + the change.* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer el dobladillo = hem.* hacer elección = make + choices.* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.* hacer el indio = horse around/about.* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.* hacer el mal = do + evil.* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.* hacer el monigote = fool around.* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* hacer el testamento = testate.* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.* hacer encaje = tat.* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer encargos = run + errands.* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.* hacer entender = get across.* hacer erupción = erupt.* hacer escala = stop over.* hacer eses = zigzag.* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.* hacer esto = go along + this road.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.* hacer estrías = rifle.* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.* hacer explícito = make + explicit.* hacer explotar = blow up.* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.* hacer factible = make + feasible.* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.* hacer flexible = limber up.* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].* hacer fotografía = make + picture.* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.* hacer frente a la vida = cope.* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.* hacer fresco = be cool.* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.* hacer gala de = sport.* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.* hacer ganchillo = crochet.* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.* hacer gozar = delight.* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.* hacer guardar silencio = shush.* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.* hacer hueco = make + room (for).* hacer huelga = strike.* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.* hacer juego con = go with.* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer justicia = do + justice.* hacer la cama = make + the bed.* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.* hacer la guerra = make + war.* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.* hacer largos = swim + laps.* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.* hacer la transición = make + the transition.* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.* hacer los deberes = do + homework.* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.* hacer malabarismos = juggle.* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer mandados = run + errands.* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.* hacer más eficiente = streamline.* hacer más estricto = tighten.* hacer más fuerte = toughen.* hacer más inteligente = smarten.* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.* hacer más preciso = tightening up.* hacer más rico = add + richness to.* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.* hacer más sabroso = pep up.* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.* hacer mucho = do + much.* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.* hacer necesario = render + necessary.* hacer negocio = make + business.* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.* hacer nudos = knot.* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.* hacer ordinario = coarsen.* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.* hacer palmas = clap.* hacer paradas = make + stops.* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.* hacer partícipe = engage.* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.* hacer patochadas = fool around.* hacer payasadas = fool around.* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.* hacer permanente = render + permanent.* hacer ping = ping.* hacer pipí = pee.* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....* hacer poco = do + little.* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].* hacer por encargo = make to + order.* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brewme hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table
2)a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?
hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal
b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to askhacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)
hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)
hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven
tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)
7)a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to makeb) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to golas vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'
8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500
10)a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to dohacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise
¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to doc) ( estudiar) to dohace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law
11)a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to doniño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!
qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?
hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)
hacerla (buena) — (fam)
ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!
hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody
soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!
b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to doy el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?
c) ( causar daño)12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool
13) ( sustituyendo a otro verbo)voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it
14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?
15) (transformar en, volver) to makete hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son
16) ( dar apariencia de)17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf
todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...
hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf
18) ( obligar a)hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf
hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf
19)hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made
hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened
20) (suponer, imaginar)2.hacer vi1)a) (obrar, actuar)déjame hacer a mí — just let me handle this o take care of this
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?
¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?
hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)
hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes
b) (+ compl)hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me
mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)
3) (fingir, simular)hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it
4) ( servir)hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital
5) ( interpretar personaje)hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody
hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy
6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
7) ( corresponder)8)no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse
¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?
9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned
10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)3.¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)
hacer v impers1)hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
b) (fam & hum)hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry
¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?
hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago
4.hacía años que no lo veía — I hadn't seen him for o in years
1) hacerse v pron2) ( producirse)hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)
se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister
hacérsele algo a alguien — (Méx)
por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award
3)a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneselfb) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)4) ( causarse)¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?
¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?
todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself
6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make7)a) (volverse, convertirse en) to becomehacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun
se están haciendo viejos — they are getting o growing old
b) (impers)se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)
c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cookd) (AmL) ( pasarle a)¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?
8) ( resultar)esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)
9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset
se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out
10) (caus)hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor
11) ( acostumbrarse)hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing
12) ( fingirse)¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)
no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me
yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice
13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to movehacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side
14) hacerse con15) hacerse de (AmL)tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money
* * *= accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.* acceder haciendo clic = click.* acusación + hacer = accusation + level.* aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.* aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.* algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.* Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.* a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.* anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.* aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.* batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.* ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.* buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.* contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.* continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.* continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.* cuando hace frío = in the cold.* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.* decidir hacer = spring for.* decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.* dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.* desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.* desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.* desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace muchos años = for years.* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).* desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.* desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.* desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.* desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.* desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.* desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.* desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.* desde hace ya años = for years now.* difícil de hacer = hard to do.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.* el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.* esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.* esperado hace tiempo = overdue.* esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.* establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.* estar haciendo = be up to.* estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.* estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.* estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.* existir desde hace años = be around for years.* frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.* hace algunos años = some years ago.* hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.* hace años = years ago.* hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.* hacer huir en batalla = route.* hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.* hace miles de años = aeons ago.* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.* hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.* hace muchos años = many years ago.* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.* hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.* hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.* hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* hacer abono orgánico = compost.* hacer acampada = camp.* hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.* hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.* hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.* hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.* hacer ágil = limber up.* hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.* hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.* hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.* hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.* hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.* hacer alegaciones = plead.* hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.* hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.* hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.* hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).* hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).* hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.* hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.* hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.* hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.* hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.* hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.* hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.* hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.* hacer Algo puré = mash.* hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.* hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.* hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.* hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.* hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.* hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.* hacer a mano = handcraft.* hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.* hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.* hacer amigos = win + friends.* hacer amistad = make + friend.* hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.* hacer amistades = friend.* hacer ampollas = blister.* hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.* hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.* hacer aparecer = cause + display of.* hacer a partir de = make out of.* hacer apología = make + apology.* hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.* hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.* hacer asequible = make + amenable.* hacer atractivo = endear.* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.* hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.* hacer avances = make + headway.* hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.* hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.* hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.* hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.* hacer bajar = force down.* hacer balance de = take + stock of.* hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.* hacer basto = coarsen.* hacer bien = do + good.* hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.* hacer borroso = blur.* hacer bromas = banter.* hacer bucles = loop.* hacer buenas migas = hit it off.* hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.* hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.* hacer bulto = bulge.* hacer búsquedas en = search through.* hacer caca = take + a dump.* hacer caer = oust.* hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.* hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.* hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.* hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.* hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).* hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.* hacer cara a = brave.* hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).* hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.* hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.* hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.* hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.* hacer chanchullos = fiddle.* hacer chatting = chat.* hacer circular = pass around.* hacer circular por = circulate round.* hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.* hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cola = queue up.* hacer colectas = exact + contributions.* hacer comentarios = air + comments.* hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.* hacer como si nada = play it + cool.* hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.* hacer comparecer = arraign.* hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer compost = compost.* hacer compras = do + shopping.* hacer comprender = bring + home.* hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.* hacer concesiones = make + allowances.* hacer conjeturas = speculate.* hacer constar = state.* hacer contrabando = smuggle.* hacer copias = make + multiple copies.* hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.* hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.* hacer cosas = get + things done.* hacer cosquillas = tickle.* hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.* hacer crítica = find + fault with.* hacer croché = crochet.* hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).* hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.* hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.* hacer cumplir = uphold.* hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.* hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.* hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.* hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.* hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.* hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.* hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.* hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.* hacer de = make out of.* hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.* hacer declamaciones = declaim.* hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.* hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.* hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.* hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.* hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].* hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.* hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.* hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.* hacer descuento = discount.* hacer desfilar = parade.* hacer detonar = detonate.* hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.* hacer diabluras = play + pranks.* hacer diana = hit + home.* hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.* hacer dinero = make + money.* hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.* hacer eco = echo, resonate.* hacer eco de = echo.* hacer efectivo = cash in.* hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.* hacer ejercicio físico = work out.* hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.* hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.* hacer el amor = make + love.* hacer el avío = get + ready.* hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.* hacer el cambio = make + the change.* hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.* hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer el dobladillo = hem.* hacer elección = make + choices.* hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.* hacer el indio = horse around/about.* hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.* hacer el mal = do + evil.* hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.* hacer el monigote = fool around.* hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.* hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.* hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.* hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* hacer el testamento = testate.* hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.* hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.* hacer encaje = tat.* hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.* hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer encargos = run + errands.* hacer enemigos = make + enemies.* hacer entender = get across.* hacer erupción = erupt.* hacer escala = stop over.* hacer eses = zigzag.* hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.* hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.* hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.* hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.* hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.* hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.* hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.* hacer esto = go along + this road.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.* hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.* hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).* hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.* hacer estrías = rifle.* hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.* hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.* hacer explícito = make + explicit.* hacer explotar = blow up.* hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.* hacer factible = make + feasible.* hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.* hacer flexible = limber up.* hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.* hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].* hacer fotografía = make + picture.* hacer fracasar = foil, derail.* hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.* hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.* hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.* hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.* hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.* hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.* hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.* hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).* hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.* hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.* hacer frente a la vida = cope.* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.* hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.* hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.* hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.* hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.* hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.* hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.* hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.* hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.* hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.* hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.* hacer fresco = be cool.* hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.* hacer gala de = sport.* hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.* hacer ganchillo = crochet.* hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.* hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.* hacer gozar = delight.* hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.* hacer guardar silencio = shush.* hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.* hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.* hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].* hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.* hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.* hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.* hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.* hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.* hacer horas extras = work + overtime.* hacer hueco = make + room (for).* hacer huelga = strike.* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.* hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.* hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.* hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.* hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.* hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.* hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.* hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.* hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.* hacer inutilizable = render + useless.* hacer juego con = go with.* hacer juegos malabares = juggle.* hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer justicia = do + justice.* hacer la cama = make + the bed.* hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.* hacer la guerra = make + war.* hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.* hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.* hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).* hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.* hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.* hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.* hacer largos = swim + laps.* hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.* hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.* hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.* hacer la transición = make + the transition.* hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.* hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.* hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.* hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.* hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.* hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.* hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.* hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.* hacerlo = do so, go ahead.* hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.* hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.* hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.* hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.* hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.* hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.* hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.* hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.* hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.* hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.* hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.* hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.* hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.* hacer los deberes = do + homework.* hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.* hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.* hacer malabarismos = juggle.* hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.* hacer mandados = run + errands.* hacer maravillas = work + wonders.* hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.* hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.* hacer más eficiente = streamline.* hacer más estricto = tighten.* hacer más fuerte = toughen.* hacer más inteligente = smarten.* hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.* hacer más preciso = tightening up.* hacer más rico = add + richness to.* hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.* hacer más sabroso = pep up.* hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.* hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.* hacer mejoras = make + improvements.* hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.* hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.* hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.* hacer mezcla = mix + cement.* hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.* hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.* hacer mucho = do + much.* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.* hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.* hacer necesario = render + necessary.* hacer negocio = make + business.* hacer negocios = do + business, transact.* hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.* hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.* hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.* hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.* hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.* hacer nudos = knot.* hacer objeciones contra = urge against.* hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.* hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.* hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.* hacer ordinario = coarsen.* hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.* hacer palmas = clap.* hacer paradas = make + stops.* hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.* hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.* hacer partícipe = engage.* hacer pasajero = render + transitory.* hacer patochadas = fool around.* hacer payasadas = fool around.* hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.* hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.* hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.* hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.* hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.* hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.* hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.* hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.* hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.* hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.* hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.* hacer permanente = render + permanent.* hacer ping = ping.* hacer pipí = pee.* hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.* hacer planes = plan, make + plans.* hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....* hacer poco = do + little.* hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].* hacer por encargo = make to + order.* hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.* hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.* hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.* hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.* hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.* hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.* hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].* * *■ hacer (verbo transitivo)A1 crear2 extender: cheque, factura etcB efectuar, llevar a caboC formular, expresarD con las necesidades fisiológicasE adquirir: dinero, amigos etcF preparar, arreglarG1 producir, causar2 refiriéndose a sonidosH recorrerI en cálculos, enumeracionesA1 ocuparse en una actividad2 como profesión, ocupación3 estudiarB1 actuar de cierta manera2 dar cierto uso3 causar dañoC actuar comoD hacer una vidaE sustituyendo a otro verboF afectar, importarA transformar en, volverB dar apariencia deC inducir a, ser la causa de queD obligar aE hacer hacer algoF acostumbrarG suponer, imaginar■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)A1 obrar, actuar2 hacer bien, mal etcB con las necesidades fisiológicasC fingir, simularD intentar, procurarE servirF interpretar un personajeA1 sentarle bien, mal2 quedar, resultarB corresponderC no le haceD en tercera persona: concernirE apetecer■ hacer (verbo impersonal)A1 refiriéndose al tiempo2 familiar humorísticoB expresando el tiempo transcurrido■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)A producirseB1 hacer para sí2 hacer que otro hagaC causarseD con las necesidades fisiológicasE adquirirA1 volverse, convertirse en2 impersonal3 cocinarse4 pasarle (a algn)B resultarC dar la impresión deD causativoE acostumbrarseF fingirseG1 moverse2 colocarseH hacerse conI hacerse devtA1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brewles hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clotheshacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bowhazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the areame hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the tablele hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnanthacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, writeme hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a checkB (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to doestaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journeyme hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited mehicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europehicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stoppingme hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gifttengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closerhicimos un trato we did o made a dealhago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the playaún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to doC (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to asknadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objectednos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventuresD(con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toiletE (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to makehicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in ChileF (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to packtengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunchhice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the ovenG1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to makeeste jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't latheresos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funnyestos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feetlos perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to dohicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hoursI(en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500el visitante que hacía el número mil the thousandth visitorhace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the listA1 (ocuparse en una actividad) to do¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complainno hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my dutyle gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theaterestán haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsendeberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor3 (estudiar) to dohace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Lawhizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy coursehizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophyB1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to doyo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the sameperdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purposehaz lo que quieras do what you likeaquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choicehacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed directorsi le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that dealhacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flathacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sbse la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married hersoñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receiptsy el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?3(causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sbno le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt youyo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to herno te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to meC( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning aroundD(llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal lifetrata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy lifeE(sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be bettervoy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do itvoy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do itF( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at allA (transformar en, volver) to makete hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my sonla hizo su mujer he made her his wifeagarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floorhizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny piecesla película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famouseste hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossiblequisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possiblehacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sthhice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cookinghacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sbquiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of youB(dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinnerel pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look youngerC (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INFuna de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you crytodo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happenedhizo caer al niño he knocked the child overhaga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come ineso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the endhacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slowD (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INFme hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hoursse lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it againme hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open itme hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at fivehacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INFhizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit downEhacer hacer algo to have o get sth donehice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortenedle hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the weddingF (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sthpronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of workingG(suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Airestiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!■ hacerviA1(obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with ittú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of itdéjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salaryhacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricitytienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everythingya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thinghacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes2 (+ complemento):hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell mehaces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to liemejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quietB( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)C(fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen mecuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be readinghice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hearhacer COMO SI + SUBJ:haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about itD (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INFtienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand herE (servir) hacer DE algo:esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awningla escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospitalF (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sbsiempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guyhizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) HamletA (+ compl)1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill2B (corresponder) hacerle A algo to fit sthesta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jaresta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lockCno le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?D ( en tercera persona) ( frml)(concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your applicationE( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)■A(refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windyhace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weatherojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather2 ( familiar humorístico):hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?B(expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?lo leí hace poco I read it a short time agolo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long timehace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw himhacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen himhasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently■ hacerseA(+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in itsi no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumpsse le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blisterhacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championshippor fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)B1 ( refl)(hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothesse hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house2 ( caus)(hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Romese hicieron una casita they had a little house builtse hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgeryvoy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicuretienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmedC(causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?D(con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pantsse hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bedE ( refl)(adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion worldsólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like thatA1 (volverse, convertirse en) to becomese quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nunse hizo famoso he became famousse están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old2 ( impersonal):en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very earlyvamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late(+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cookdejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat4( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) toB(resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again(+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminablese me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believeC (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around herese me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rainse me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be luckyD ( causativo) hacerse + INF:tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect youel desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in comingcuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duartees un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help likingse hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion builthazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctorE (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sthno me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this countryno consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the ideahacerse A + INF to get used TO -INGno se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living aloneF(fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocentseguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn'tno te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear mese hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understandG1 (moverse) (+ compl):hacerse atrás to move backhacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move asidehazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way2( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?H hacerse con to takeel ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the cityse hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortunetengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehowse hicieron con la empresa they took over the companylograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the companyno creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famoustengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some moneyse han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there* * *
Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacer algo
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacer to make a lot of work
3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
4
◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);
hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'
5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;
tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
1
¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?
2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;
¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)
me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sthb)◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;
hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;
la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacer v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;
hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;
¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself
5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
1
se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing oldb) ( resultar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believec) ( impers):
se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?
2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
5
( de amigos) to make
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
' hacer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- aclarar
- acopio
- acto
- adelantar
- adelantamiento
- advertir
- alarde
- aliviar
- amagar
- amarrar
- amor
- amortizar
- ampliar
- añicos
- aplanar
- aprecio
- aprender
- aspaviento
- atonía
- autostop
- ayuno
- balance
- broma
- burla
- burrada
- cábala
- caballo
- cabronada
- caca
- cafetera
- caja
- calceta
- calentar
- callar
- calle
- calor
- cama
- capacitar
- capaz
- caso
- castigar
- castillo
- chantaje
- colar
- colada
- colecta
- comecome
- comentar
- como
English:
abort
- abstain
- abuse
- accent
- accentuate
- accepted
- accustom
- act
- advance
- advertise
- afraid
- again
- agitate
- agree
- aim at
- aim to
- air
- all-out
- amenable
- antsy
- apart
- appearance
- arm-twisting
- as
- assert
- attempt
- audition
- authorize
- backup
- bake
- balance
- bandy about
- bed
- begin
- blast
- blind
- blueberry
- blur
- boil
- bonk
- boohoo
- book in
- bounce
- bring in
- bubble
- budget
- bulldoze
- bully
- bundle
- burp
* * *♦ vt1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;hacer una fiesta to have a party;hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;hacer un nudo to tie a knot;los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;Famtu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;Fam¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!2. [construir] to build;han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building3. [generar] to produce;el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;le hice señas I signalled to her;hizo un gesto de aprobación con la cabeza she nodded her approval;el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;hacer ruido to make a noise5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;[retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;[viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;hacer una entrevista to do an interview;hacer una entrevista a alguien to interview sb;tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;CSur Famy mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;Famhaz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;8. [practicar] [en general] to do;[tenis, fútbol] to play;debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;[cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fatla guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of herhacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneselfme hizo gracia I thought it was funny;un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;Amesos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;[obra] to do, to perform;hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were youngerme hizo reír it made me laugh;has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called offvoy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;la hizo callarse he made her shut up19. [cumplir]hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week20. [completar] to make;tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list21. [conseguir] to make;hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia22. [recorrer] to do;¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;Euftengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;Famlos niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to♦ viser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company2.[servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;hacer de [trabajar] to work as;hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixotehaz como que no te importa act as if you don't careharé por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonighthizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]¿hiciste? have you done anything?;preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out8. Méx Famhacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for mepor las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressingese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does cokele hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!♦ v impersonal1. [tiempo meteorológico]hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrowhace mucho a long time ago;hace poco not long ago;hace un rato a short while ago;hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?* * *<part hecho>I v/t1 ( realizar) do;¡haz algo! do something!;hacer una pregunta ask a question;tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!hacer la comida make o cook a meal;hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen3 ( obligar a):hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;le hicieron ir they made him go4 ( cumplir):hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday5 ( equivaler a):esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter6:¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s lifeII v/i1:haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going2 ( sentar):me hace mal it’s making me ill3 ( servir de):4 ( fingir):como si act as if5 L.Am.no le hace it doesn’t matter6 L.Am. ( parecer):se me hace que it seems to me that7 ( apetecer):¿hace? fam does that sound good?8:hacer de malo TEA play the villain:hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;hace tres días three days ago;hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;desde hace un año for a year* * *hacer {40} vt1) : to make2) : to do, to perform3) : to force, to obligelos hice esperar: I made them waithacer vi: to acthaces bien: you're doing the right thinghacer v impershacer frío: to be coldhace viento: it's windy2)hace : agohace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time3)no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference4)hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed* * *hacer vb¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?¿qué haces? what are you doing?¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?3. (tiempo meteorológico) to be4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...6. (aparentar) to pretend7. (cumplir años) to be¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about -
32 EPTIR
prep with dat. and acc.;I. with dat.1) with verbs of motion, after (ríða, róa, fara, ganga, senda e-m);2) denoting the aim and object of many verbs;leita, spyrja, frétta, eptir e-u, to search, ask, inquire after;líta eptir e-u, to look afler, attend to;bíða eptir e-u, to wait for;vaka eptir e-m, to sit up waiting for one;segja eptir e-m, to report behind one’s back;3) following the course of a track, road, etc., along;niðr eptir hálsinum, down the hill;eptir endilongu, from one end to the other;eptir miðju, along the middle;4) after, according to, in accordance with (eptir sið þeirra ok lögum);hann leiddist eptir fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion;gekk allt eptir því sem H. hafði sagt, according as H. had said;5) denoting proportion, comparison;fátt manna eptir því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he was want to have;6) with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after;láta eptir e-m, to indulge one;breyta eptir e-m, to imitate;7) behind (hann leiddi eptir sér hestinn);fundust eptir þeim írskar bœkr, which they had left behind;II. with acc.1) of time, after, in succession to (vár kom eptir vetr);hvern dag eptir annan, one day after the other;ár eptir ár, dag eptir dag, year by year, day by day;eptir þat, after that, thereafter;2) denoting succession, inheritance;taka e-t í arf eptir e-n, to inherit from one;hann tók konungdóm eptir föður sinn, after his father;vita þá skömm eptir sik, to leave such a bad report;skaði mikill er eptir menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men;III. as adv.1) after;annat sumar eptir, the second summer after;um daginn eptir, the day after;eptir um várit, later during the spring;eptir koma úsvinnum ráð, the fool is wise when too late;2) behind;bíða sitja eptir, to wait, stay behind;vera, standa eptir, to remain behind, be left;halda e-u eptir, to keep back;skammt get ek eptir þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life;3) before the rel. part., eptir er = eptir þat er, after (ef maðr, andast á þingi eptir er menn eru á braut farnir);4) eptir á, afterwards, later on;* * *better spelt eftir, in common pronunciation ettir, a prep. with dat. and acc. and also used as adv. or ellipt. without a case: an older form ept or eft only occurs in poetry, Skm. 39, 41, Ýt. 2, Edda 91 (in a verse); ept víg, Hkr. i. 349 (in a verse), iii. 50 (Arnór); [cp. Goth. afar; Runic stone in Tune, after; A. S. æft; Engl. after, aft; Swed.-Dan. efter]:—after.A. WITH DAT., LOC.; with verbs denoting following, pursuing, or the like; hann reið e. þeim, Eg. 149; hann bar merkit eptir honum, he bore the standard after him, 297; róa e. þeim, to pull after them, Ld. 118; þegar e. Kara, on the heels of Kari, Nj. 202; varð ekki e. honum gengit, none went after him, 270.β. with the notion to fetch; senda e. e-m, to send after one, Eb. 22, Nj. 78, Fms. i. 2; ríða í Hornafjörð e. fé yðru, ride to H. after your things, Nj. 63.γ. ellipt., viljum vér eigi e. fara, we will not follow after them. Eb. 242; ek mun hlaupa þegar e., Nj. 202.2. metaph.,α. with verbs denoting to look, stara, líta, sjá, gá, horfa, mæna, etc. e. e-u, to stare, look after a thing while departing, Ísl. ii. 261: leita, spyrja, frétta etc. e. e-u, to ask, ‘speer,’ seek after a thing, Nj. 75, Eg. 155, 686, Fms. i. 71, x. 148, etc.β. segja e. e-m, to tell tales, report behind one’s back in a bad sense, 623. 62; þó at ek segða eigi óhapp eptir tengda-mönnum mínum, Sturl. i. 66; sjá e. e-u, to look after, miss a thing, Nj. 75; leggja hug e. e-u, to mind a thing, Ísl. ii. 426; taka e., to mind, mark a thing; ganga e. e-u, to retain a thing, Fms. x. 5.γ. verbs denoting to expect; bíða, vænta e. e-u, to expect, wait for a thing; vaka e. e-m, to sit up waiting for one, but vaka yfir e-m, to sit up nursing or watching one, cp. Fas. ii. 535.II. denoting along, in the direction of a track, road, or the like; niðr e. hálsinum, down the hill, Fms. iii. 192; út e. firði, stood out along the firth, i. 37; innar e. höllinni, Nj. 270; upp e. dal, Eb. 232; ofan e. dalnum, Nj. 34; ofan e. eyrunum, 143; upp e. eyrunum, 85; innar e. búðinni, 165; út e. þvertrénu, 202; ofan e. reykinum, Eb. 230; inn e. Skeiðum, 224; inn e. Álptafirði, id.; innar e. ísum, 236; inn e. ísum, 316; út e. ísnum, 236; út e. Hafsbotnum, Orkn. 1; e. endilöngu, from one end to another, Fms. x. 16; e. miðju, along the middle, vii. 89.2. metaph. after, according to; e. því sem vera ætti, Ld. 66; e. sið þeirra ok lögum, Fms. i. 81; e. þínum fortölum, ii. 32; hann leiddisk e. fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion, v. 30; gékk allt e. því sem Hallr hafði sagt, Nj. 256; gékk allt e. því sem honum hafði vitrað verit, all turned out as he had dreamed, Fms. ii. 231; e. minni vísan, i. 71.β. denoting proportion, comparison; þó eigi e. því sem faðir hans var, yet not like his father, Eg. 702; fátt manna e. því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he used to have, Sturl. ii. 253; þat var orð á, at þar færi aðrar e., people said that the rest was of one piece, Ld. 168.γ. with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after, etc.; lifa e. holdi sínu, to live after the flesh, Hom. 25; lifa e. Guði, 73; lifit e. mér, follow after me, Blas. 45; láta e. e-m, to indulge one; mæla e. e-m, to take one’s part, Nj. 26: breyta e. e-m, to imitate; dæma e. e-m, to give a sentence for one, 150; fylgja e. e-m, to follow after one, N. T.; herma e. e-m, to mimic one’s voice and gesture, as a juggler; mun ek þar e. gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I will do after just as you do before, Nj. 90; hann mælti e. ( he repeated the words) ok stefndi rangt, 35; leika e. e-m, to follow one’s lead; telja e., to grudge; langa e., to long after, Luke xxii. 15.δ. kalla, heita e. e-m, to name a child after one; kallaði Hákon eptir föður sínum Hákoni, Fms. i. 14; kallaðr e. Mýrkjartani móður-föður sínum, Ld. 108: lcel. now make a distinction, heita í höfuðit á e-m, of a living person, and heita e. e-m, of one deceased.III. denoting behind; fundusk e. þeim Írskar bækr, Irish books were found which they had left behind, Landn. (pref.), Fms. xi. 410; draga þik blindan e. sér, vi. 323; bera e-t e. sér, to drag behind one; hann leiddi e. sér hestinn, he led the horse after him, Eg. 766.β. as an adv., þá er eigi hins verra e. ván er slíkt ferr fyrir, what worse can come after, when such things went before? Nj. 34.2. but chiefly ellipt. or adverb.; láta e., to leave behind, Sturl. i. 60; sitja e., to sit, stay behind, Fms. i. 66; bíða e., to stay behind; vera e., Grett. 36 new Ed., Bs. i. 21; standa e., to stay behind, remain, be left, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248; dveljask e., to delay, stop, Sturl. ii. 253; leggja e., to lay behind, but liggja e., to lie behind, i. e. be left, Karl. 439; eiga e., to have to do, Nj. 56; ef ekki verðr e., if naught remain behind, Rb. 126; skammt get ek e., þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life, Nj. 182; þau bjoggu þar e., they remained, stayed there. 25.B. WITH ACC., TEMP, after; vetri e. fall Ólafs, Eb. (fine); sextán vetrum e. dráp Eadmundar konungs …, vetrum e. andlát Gregorii, … e. burð Christi, Íb. 18; e. fall jarls, Eg. 297; e. verk þessi, Nj. 85: esp. immediately after, var kom e. vetr, spring came after winter, Eg. 260; hvern dag e. annan, one day after another, Hom. 158; ár e. ár, year after year, Rb. 292; dag e. dag, day after day, Fms. ii. 231; e. þat, or e. þetta, after that, Lat. deinde, deinceps, Nj. 151, Eb. 58, Bs. i. 5, etc. etc.; e. þingit, after the meeting, Eb. 108; e. sætt Eyrbyggja, 252.2. denoting succession, inheritance, remembrance, etc.; eptir in this sense is frequent on the Runic stones, to the memory of, after; hón á arf allan e. mik, Nj. 3; tekit í arf e. föður þinn, inherited after thy father, Fms. i. 256; ef skapbætendr eru eigi til e. bauga, i. e. to receive the weregild, Grág. ii. 184; þeir er sektar-fé eiga at taka e. þik, Nj. 230; tók konungdóm e. föður sinn, took the kingdom after his father, Fms. i. 2; Þorkell tók lögsögu e. Þórarinn, Thorkel took the speakership after Thorarin, Íb. ch. 5, cp. ch. 8, 10: metaph., vita þá skömm e. sik, to know that shame [ will be] after one, i. e. leave such a bad report, Ld. 222; skaði mikill er e. menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men, Eg. 93; hann fastaði karföstu e. son sinn, he fasted the lenten fast after his son’s death, Sturl. ii. 231; sonr … e. genginn guma, a son to succeed his deceased father, Hm. 71; mæla e. en, or eiga vígsmál (eptir-mál) e. e-n, to conduct the suit after one if slain, Nj. 254 (freq.), hence eptir-mál; eptir víg Arnkels vóru konur til erfðar ok aðildar, Eb. 194; í hefnd e. e-n, to revenge one’s death, Nj. 118; heimta gjöld e. menn sína, to claim weregild, Fms. viii. 199.β. the phrase, vera e. sig, to be weary after great exertion.II. used as adv. after; síðan e. á öðrum degi, on the second day thereafter, Hom. 116: síðan e., Lat. deinceps, Fms. x. 210; um várit e., the spring after, Eb. 125 new Ed.; annat sumar e., the second summer after, Nj. 14; annat haust e., Eb. 184; annan dag e., the second day after, Nj. 3; um daginn e., the day after, Fms. vii. 153, Bs. i. 21; næsta mánuð e., Rb. 126.β. by placing the adverb. prep. at the beginning the sense becomes different, later; e. um várit, later during the spring, Eb. 98.III. used adverb. with the relat. particles er, at; e. er, Lat. postquam, Grág. i. 10; e. at, id., K. Þ. K. 32.β. eptir á, afterward; the proverb, eptir (mod. eptir á) koma ósvinnum ráð í hug, the fool is wise too late, Vápn. 17, Fas. i. 98; eptir á, kvað hinn …, ‘ after a bit,’ quoth the …, (a proverb.) -
33 fondo
m.1 bottom.doble fondo false bottomsin fondo bottomlesssu popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom2 back.3 depth.tener un metro de fondo to be one meter deep4 background.sobre fondo negro on a black backgroundal fondo in the background5 heart, bottom.llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom ofel problema de fondo the underlying problemla cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue6 fund (finance) (de dinero).a fondo perdido non-returnablerecaudar fondos to raise fundsfondo de amortización sinking fundfondo de comercio goodwillfondo común kittyfondo de garantía de depósito deposit guarantee fundfondo de inversión investment fundfondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fundfondo de pensiones pension fundfondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly7 catalog, collection.fondo editorial backlist8 reason, basis (fundamento).9 substance.10 stamina (sport) (resistencia).de fondo long-distancede medio fondo middle-distance11 petticoat (combinación). (Colombian Spanish, Mexican Spanish)12 core, root, bottom.13 bed, lowest part.* * *1 (parte más baja) bottom2 (parte más lejana) end, back3 (segundo término) background4 (profundidad) depth5 (aguante) stamina6 FINANZAS fund7 (de libros etc) stock\a fondo perdido nonrecoverable, nonreturnablede... en fondo... abreasten el fondo figurado deep down, at heartreunir fondos to raise fundsfondo común kittyfondo de inversión investment fundfondo de pensiones pension fundFondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fundfondo del mar sea bedfondo y forma form and substancefondos bloqueados frozen assetsfondos disponibles available funds, liquid assetsfondos públicos public funds* * *noun m.1) bottom2) back, rear3) background4) fund* * *SM1) [parte inferior] [de caja, botella, lago, mar] bottom; [de río] bed•
los bajos fondos — the underworld•
una maletín con doble fondo — a case with a false bottom, a false-bottomed case•
irse al fondo — to sink to the bottom•
sin fondo — bottomlessla economía tocó fondo y el gobierno tuvo que devaluar la moneda — the economy reached o hit rock bottom and the government had to devalue the currency
hemos tocado fondo y todo indica que la recuperación está muy próxima — the market has bottomed out and all the indications are that a recovery is just around the corner
2) [parte posterior] [de pasillo, calle, nave] end; [de habitación, armario] back•
al fondo, su oficina está al fondo a la izquierda — her office is at the end on the left3) (=profundidad) [de cajón, edificio, bañera] depth¿cuánto tiene de fondo el armario? — how deep is the wardrobe?
•
tener mucho fondo — to be deep4) (=lo fundamental)en el fondo de esta polémica late el miedo al cambio — at the heart o bottom of this controversy lies a fear of change
•
la cuestión de fondo — the basic o fundamental issueel problema de fondo — the basic o fundamental o underlying problem
•
la forma y el fondo — form and contentartículo 2)•
llegar al fondo de la cuestión — to get to the bottom of the matter5) (=segundo plano) backgroundla historia transcurre sobre un fondo de creciente inquietud social — the story takes place against a background of growing social unrest
•
música de fondo — background music•
ruido de fondo — background noisefondo de escritorio, fondo de pantalla — (Inform) (desktop) wallpaper
6)•
a fondo —a) [como adj]•
una limpieza a fondo — a thorough cleanb) [como adv]no conoce a fondo la situación del país — he does not have a thorough o an in-depth knowledge of the country's situation
la policía investigará a fondo lo ocurrido — the police will conduct a thorough investigation of what happened
he estudiado a fondo a los escritores del Siglo de Oro — I have studied Golden Age writers in great depth
•
emplearse a fondo, tuvo que emplearse a fondo para disuadirlos — he had to use all his skill to dissuade themel equipo deberá emplearse a fondo para derrotar a sus adversarios — the team will have to draw on all its resources to beat their opponents
7)•
en el fondo —a) (=en nuestro interior) deep downen el fondo, es buena persona — deep down he's a good person, he's a good person at heart
•
en el fondo de su corazón — in his heart of hearts, deep downb) (=en realidad) reallylo que se debatirá en la reunión, en el fondo, es el futuro de la empresa — what is actually o really going to be debated in the meeting is the future of the company
la verdad es que en el fondo, no tengo ganas — to be honest, I really don't feel like it
en el fondo no quiere irse — when it comes down to it, he doesn't want to leave
c) (=en lo fundamental) fundamentally, essentiallyen el fondo ambos sistemas son muy parecidos — fundamentally o essentially, both systems are very similar
8) (Dep)•
carrera de fondo — long-distance race•
esquí de fondo — cross-country skiing•
corredor de medio fondo — middle-distance runner•
pruebas de medio fondo — middle-distance events9) (=dinero) (Com, Econ) fund; [en póker, entre amigos] pot, kittycontamos con un fondo de 150.000 euros para becas — we have at our disposal a budget of 150,000 euros for grants
su padre le ha prestado bastante dinero a fondo perdido — his father has given him quite a lot of money on permanent loan
Fondo de Compensación Interterritorial — system of financial redistribution between the autonomous regions of Spain
fondo ético — (Econ) ethical investment fund
10) pl fondos (=dinero) funds•
recaudar fondos — to raise funds•
estar sin fondos — to be out of funds, be broke *cheque o talón sin fondos — bounced cheque, rubber check (EEUU)
11) (=reserva) [de biblioteca, archivo, museo] collection12) (=carácter) nature, dispositionde fondo jovial — of cheery o cheerful disposition, cheerful-natured
13) (Dep) (=resistencia) stamina15) Méx•
con o de fondo — serious•
medio fondo — slip17) And (=finca) country estate18) Chile (Culin) large pot ( to feed a large number of people)* * *1)a) ( parte más baja) bottomb) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) backestaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room
c) ( profundidad)d) ( de edificio) depthe) (en cuadro, fotografía) background2)a) (Lit) ( contenido) contentb) (Der)3) (Fin)a) ( de dinero) fundhacer un fondo común — to start a joint fund o (colloq) a kitty
un cheque sin fondos — a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)
estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)
c)a fondo perdido — <inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable
4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)de fondo — <corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance
5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt7) (en locs)a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly
conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well
de fondo — <ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental
en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom
* * *1)a) ( parte más baja) bottomb) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) backestaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room
c) ( profundidad)d) ( de edificio) depthe) (en cuadro, fotografía) background2)a) (Lit) ( contenido) contentb) (Der)3) (Fin)a) ( de dinero) fundhacer un fondo común — to start a joint fund o (colloq) a kitty
un cheque sin fondos — a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)
estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)
c)a fondo perdido — <inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable
4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)de fondo — <corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance
5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt7) (en locs)a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly
conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well
de fondo — <ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental
en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom
* * *fondo11 = background, backing, quid, crux, fundus.Ex: In the background has often been the need, at a time of declining financial resources, to demonstrate the relevance of the library to all sectors of society and there can sometimes be detected an element of patronization.
Ex: A picture is a two-dimensional visual representation accessible to the naked eye and generally on an opaque backing.Ex: The important moral crux at the heart of the novel 'The debt collector' is that the odds are stacked against the rehabilitation of violent criminals.Ex: The crux of the process is the development of multiple models.Ex: This is an extremely valuable clinical test that provides information about the circulatory system of the ocular fundus (the back of the eye) not attainable by routine examination.* a fondo = fully, thoroughly, full-scale.* al fondo (de) = at the bottom (of).* artículo de fondo = feature article.* corredor de fondo = long-distance runner.* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.* en el fondo de = at the root of.* esquiador de fondo = cross-country skier.* esquí de fondo = cross-country skiing.* fondo del mar = sea bottom, seafloor [sea floor], ocean floor, seabed [sea bed].* fondo del océano = ocean bed, ocean floor.* fondo marino = deep-sea floor.* forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.* forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.* forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.* limpiar a fondo = spring-clean, clear out.* limpieza a fondo = spring cleaning.* llegar al fondo de la cuestión = see to the + bottom of things.* llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the bottom of, get to + the root of.* mar de fondo = groundswell.* material de fondo = backing.* movimiento de fondo = groundswell.* negro sobre fondo blanco = black on white.* pez de fondo = groundfish, bottom fish.* pozo sin fondo = bottomless pit.* ruido de fondo = background noise.* servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.* sin fondo = bottomless.* telón de fondo = background, backdrop.* teniendo como telón de fondo = against + background of.* teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.* tocar fondo = bottom out, hit + rock-bottom, reach + rock-bottom, touch + rock bottom, strike + bottom.fondo33 = backlist, stock, collection, stocking.Ex: They not only provide detailed information about new books and those soon to be published, but also continue to list all of their books still in print (frequently called a ' backlist').
Ex: Consider, for example, the work of the shoe shop manager and the way he arranges his stock of shoes.Ex: While there are a profusion of techniques in existence to gain access to the collections, there is no uniform system.Ex: Because of the lack of stocking space, there are many products that we can order for next day pick-up.* colección de fondos electrónicos = e-collection [electronic collection].* colección de fondos locales = local history collection, local collection.* con suficientes fondos = properly stocked.* consultar los fondos = search + holdings.* dotar de fondos a una biblioteca = stock + library.* exceso de fondos = overstock.* expurgo de fondos bibliográficos = collection weeding, stock weeding.* fondo antiguo = antiquarian materials.* fondo bibliográfico = bookstock [book stock].* fondo circulante = circulating collection.* fondo de acceso restringido = reserve collection.* fondo de consulta en sala = reserve reading collection, reserve collection, reserve shelves, special reserve, reserve book room.* fondo de lectura "formativo-recreativa" = browser collection.* fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.* fondo de recursos electrónicos de acceso restringido = electronic reserve.* fondo de registros bibliográficos = bibliographic pool, bibliographic record pool.* fondo de revistas = periodical holdings.* fondo documental = document collection.* fondo local = local material.* fondos bibliográficos = holdings, stock.* fondos de acceso libre = open stacks.* fondos de acceso restringido = closed access collection, closed stacks, closed access stacks.* fondos de la biblioteca = library's stock, library materials.* fondos de libre acceso = open access stacks.* fondos de material audiovisual = AV holdings.* fondos de publicaciones periódicas = serial holdings.* fondos de revistas = journal holdings.* fondos indioamericanos = American Indian materials.* fondos integrados = integrated stock.* fondos locales = local history material.* fondos patrimoniales = heritage collection.* ingresar en los fondos = accession.* mención de fondos = holdings statement.* provisto de buenos fondos = stockholding.* renovación de fondos = turnover, stock turnover, turnover of stock.* renovar fondos = turn over.* replanteamiento de los fondos = stock revision.* sección de fondos locales = local studies department, local studies library, local studies collection.* sección para el fondo de consulta en sala = reserve room.* selección de fondos = stock selection.* * *A1 (parte más baja) bottomel fondo del mar the bottom of the seael fondo de la cacerola/bolsa the bottom of the saucepan/bages muy profundo, no consigo tocar fondo it's very deep, I can't touch the bottomen el fondo de su corazón deep down (in his heart)tenemos que llegar al fondo de esta cuestión we must get to the bottom of this matterhay un fondo de verdad en esa historia there is an element of truth in that storyhay en él un fondo de maldad there's a streak of maliciousness in him2 (de un pasillo, una calle) end; (de una habitación) backal fondo, a la derecha at the end, on the rightsiga hasta el fondo del pasillo go to the end of the corridoryo vivo justo al fondo de la calle I live right at the end of the streetencontró la carta al fondo del cajón he found the letter at the back of the drawerestaban sentados al or en el fondo de la sala they were sitting at the back of the room3(profundidad): esta piscina tiene poco fondo this pool is not very deep o is quite shallownecesito un cajón con más fondo I need a deeper drawer4 (de un edificio) depthel edificio tiene poca fachada pero mucho fondo the building has a narrow frontage but it goes back a long way5 (en un cuadro, una fotografía) backgroundestampado blanco sobre fondo gris white print on gray backgroundCompuesto:( Inf) wallpaperB1 ( Lit) (contenido) contentel fondo y la forma de una novela the form and content of a novel2 ( Der):una cuestión de fondo a question of lawC ( Fin)1 (de dinero) fundun fondo para las víctimas del siniestro a fund for the disaster victimstenemos un fondo común para estas cosas we have a joint fund o ( colloq) a kitty for these thingsrecaudar fondos to raise moneyreunió los fondos para la operación he raised the funds o money for the operationno dispone de fondos suficientes en la cuenta he does not have sufficient funds o money in his accountme dio un cheque sin fondos the check he gave me bounced, he gave me a dud check, the bank would not honor the check he gave me ( frml)el departamento no dispone de fondos para este fin the department does not have funds o money available for this purposelos fondos están bloqueados the funds have been frozen3a fondo perdido ‹inversión/préstamo› non-refundable, non-recoverablelo que pagas de alquiler es dinero a fondo perdido the money you spend on rent is money wasted o ( colloq) money down the drainCompuestos:sinking fundventure capital fundventure capital fundgoodwill( Fin) fund of fundsdeposit guarantee fundstrike fundinvestment fundReal Estate Investment Trust, REIThedge fundresearch fundpension fundprovident fundslush fundfighting fundtracker fund(UE) Cohesion Fund(UE) European Development Fund(UE) European Regional Development Fund(UE) European Agricultural Guidance and Guarantee FundInternational Monetary Fund, IMF(UE) European Social Fundmpl public funds (pl)mpl secret funds (pl)D ( Dep)1(en atletismo): de fondo ‹corredor/carrera/prueba› long-distance2 (en gimnasia) push-up, press-up ( BrE)E (de una biblioteca, un museo) collectionCompuesto:list (of titles)F (de una alcachofa) heartH ( en locs):( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughlyesto necesita una limpieza a fondo this needs a thorough cleanuna reforma a fondo de las instituciones a sweeping reform of the institutionsestudiar a fondo un problema to study a problem in depthlos próximos días deben ser aprovechados a fondo you/we must make full use of the next few days, you/we must use the next few days to the full‹error/discrepancia› fundamental maquillajede cuatro en fondo four abreasten el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad persondiscutimos mucho, pero en el fondo nos llevamos bien we quarrel a lot but basically we get on all right o but we get on all right, reallytener buen fondoor no tener mal fondo to be a good person at heart, to have one's heart in the right placetocar fondo: en el mes de abril el precio tocó fondo in April the price bottomed outya hemos tocado fondo y las cosas empiezan a ir mejor we seem to be past the worst now and things are beginning to go bettersu credibilidad ha tocado fondo his credibility has hit o reached rock bottomme voy a tener que volver porque ya estoy tocando fondo I'm going to have to go back because I'm down to my last few dollars ( o pesos etc)I ( Chi) (olla grande) cauldron, large pot* * *
fondo sustantivo masculino
1
llegaré al fondo de esta cuestión I'll get to the bottom of this matter
(— de habitación) back;
c) ( profundidad):
2 (Lit) ( contenido) content
3 (Fin)
◊ hacer un fondo común to start a joint fund o (colloq) a kittyb)
recaudar fondos to raise money;
un cheque sin fondos a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)
4 (Dep) ( en atletismo):
5 (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt
6 ( en locs)
‹ limpieza› thorough;
( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughly;
de fondo ‹ruido/música› background ( before n);
en el fondo: en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really;
en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
fondo sustantivo masculino
1 (parte más profunda) bottom
un doble fondo, a false bottom
2 (interior de una persona) en el fondo es muy tierno, deep down he's very gentle
3 (extremo opuesto) (de una habitación) back
(de un pasillo) end
4 (segundo plano) background
música de fondo, background music
mujer sobre fondo rojo, woman on a red background
5 (núcleo, meollo) essence, core
el fondo del asunto, the core of the matter
6 Prensa artículo de fondo, leading article
7 Dep corredor de fondo, long-distance runner
esquí de fondo, cross-country skiing
8 Fin fund: nos dio un cheque sin fondos, he gave us a bad cheque
familiar fondo común, kitty 9 bajos fondos, underworld
10 (conjunto de documentos, libros etc.) batch: los fondos documentales están en el sótano, the batches of documents are in the basement
♦ Locuciones: tocar fondo, Náut to touch bottom
figurado to reach rock bottom
a fondo, thoroughly
a fondo perdido, non-recoverable funds
' fondo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
esquí
- F.M.I.
- FMI
- FSE
- lecho
- revolverse
- sentar
- telón
- artículo
- barril
- bien
- carrera
- corredor
- crear
- cuestión
- doble
- maquillaje
- mar
English:
back
- backdrop
- background
- bed
- blunder
- board
- bottom
- bottom out
- bottomless
- clean out
- clear out
- cross-country
- dappled
- depth
- end
- extensive
- floor
- fund
- going-over
- groundswell
- heart
- IMF
- inch
- International Monetary Fund
- kitty
- long-distance
- mutual fund
- pool
- scrub down
- seabed
- sink
- spring-clean
- stuff away
- thoroughly
- thrash out
- underneath
- unit trust
- abreast
- clean
- closely
- deep
- deeply
- disaster
- float
- full
- further
- good
- heavy
- in-depth
- international
* * *fondo nm1. [parte inferior] bottom;el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea;fondos [de embarcación] bottom;dar fondo [embarcación] to drop anchor;echar a fondo [embarcación] to sink;irse a fondo [embarcación] to sink, to founder;sin fondo bottomless;RP Fam¡fondo blanco! bottoms up!;tocar fondo [embarcación] to hit the bottom (of the sea/river);[crisis] to bottom out;su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom;mi paciencia ha tocado fondo my patience has reached its limit2. [de habitación, escenario] back;al fondo de [calle, pasillo] at the end of;[sala] at the back of;el fondo de la pista the back of the court;los baños están al fondo del pasillo, a la derecha the toilets are at the end of the corridor, on the right3. [dimensión] depth;un río de poco fondo a shallow river;tener un metro de fondo to be one metre deep4. [de cuadro, foto, tela] background;quiero una tela de flores sobre fondo negro I'd like some material with a pattern of flowers on a black background;al fondo in the background5. [de alcachofa] heart6. [de asunto, problema] heart, bottom;el problema de fondo the underlying problem;la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue;llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of;el gobierno quiere llegar al fondo de la cuestión the government wants to get to the bottom of the matter;en el fondo [en lo más íntimo] deep down;[en lo esencial] basically;en el fondo está enamorada de él deep down, she loves him;en el fondo, no es mala persona deep down, she's not a bad person;en el fondo tus problemas son los mismos basically, you have the same problems8. [de obra literaria] substance9. [de dinero] fund;a fondo perdido [préstamo] non-returnable;no estamos dispuestos a invertir a fondo perdido we're not prepared to pour money down the drain;fondos [capital] funds;nos hemos quedado sin fondos our funds have run out;un cheque sin fondos a bad cheque;estar mal de fondos [persona] to be badly off;[empresa] to be short of funds;recaudar fondos to raise fundsEcon fondo de amortización sinking fund;fondos bloqueados frozen funds;fondo de cohesión cohesion fund;Fin fondo de comercio goodwill;fondo de compensación interterritorial interterritorial compensation fund;fondo común kitty;poner un fondo (común) to set up a kitty;Fin fondo de crédito permanente evergreen fund;fondo de emergencia contingency fund;UE fondos estructurales structural funds; Fin fondo ético ethical fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo European Development Fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo Regional European Regional Development Fund;fondo de fideicomiso trust fund;Fin fondo de garantía de depósitos deposit guarantee fund; Fin fondo de inversión investment fund; Fin fondo de inversión ético ethical investment fund;fondo de inversión inmobiliaria real estate investment fund;Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund;Fondo Mundial para la Naturaleza World Wildlife Fund;Econ fondo de pensiones pension fund;fondos públicos public funds;Fin fondo de renta fija non-equity fund, bond fund; Fin fondo de renta variable equity fund;fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly;Fin fondo rotativo revolving fund; UE Fondo Social Europeo European Social Fund;fondo vitalicio life annuity10. [fundamento] reason, basis;sus acciones tienen siempre un fondo humanitario everything she does is for humanitarian reasons11.hacer algo a fondo [en profundidad] to do sth thoroughly;hicimos una lectura a fondo we read it through carefully;hacer una limpieza a fondo to have a thorough clean;el juez ha ordenado una investigación a fondo the judge has ordered a full enquiry o an in-depth investigation;emplearse a fondo to do one's utmost12. [de biblioteca, archivo] catalogue, collectionfondo editorial backlistmedio fondo middle-distance running;carrera de fondo long-distance race;esquí de fondo cross-country skiing;de medio fondo middle-distancefondo en carretera [ciclismo] road racing16. Carib, Méx [prenda] petticoat18. RP [patio] back patio* * *m1 bottom;doble fondo false bottom;fondo marino seabed;tocar fondo fig reach bottom;los bajos fondos the underworld sg2 ( profundidad) depth;hacer una limpieza a fondo de algo give sth a thorough clean, clean sth thoroughly;emplearse a fondo fig give one’s all;ir al fondo de algo look at sth in depth;en el fondo deep down4 PINT, FOT background;música de fondo background music6 COM fund;fondos pl money sg, funds;a fondo perdido non-refundable;sin fondos cheque dud7 DEP:de medio fondo middle distance atr8 ( disposición):tiene buen fondo he’s got a good heart* * *fondo nm1) : bottom2) : rear, back, end3) : depth4) : background5) : sea bed6) : fundfondo de inversiones: investment fund8) fondos nmpl: funds, resourcescheque sin fondos: bounced check9)a fondo : thoroughly, in depthen fondo : abreast* * *fondo n1. (en general) bottom2. (de calle, pasillo) end3. (de habitación) back4. (segundo término) background -
34 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
35 di
1. prep ofcon il comparativo thandi ferro (made of) ironicio sono di Roma I'm from Romel'auto di mio padre my father's caruna tazza di caffè a cup of coffeedi giorno by dayparlare di politica talk about politicsd'estate in the summerdi questo passo at this ratedi chi è questo libro? whose is this book?, who does this book belong to?più bello di prettier than2. art someinterrogativo any, somedel vino some wine* * *di prep.1 ( specificazione) of: il calore del sole, the heat of the sun; l'inizio della primavera, the beginning of spring; il capo dei ribelli, the leader of the rebels (o the rebel leader); il profumo delle rose, the scent of roses; l'altezza di un edificio, the height of a building; la fine di un film, the end of a film; il centro della città, the centre of town (o the town centre); il senso dell'umorismo, a sense of humour; una folla di dimostranti, a crowd of demonstrators; una serie di errori, a series of mistakes; la furia degli elementi, the fury of the elements; i vetri della finestra, window panes; gli impiegati delle poste, post office workers; il canto degli uccelli, birdsong (o the song of birds)2 (specificazione con valore di possesso; in inglese si esprime spesso con il 'caso possessivo'): la casa di Sara, Sarah's house; il fratello di Giacomo, James's brother; il figlio dei Rossi, the Rossi's son; le odi del Carducci, Carducci's odes; la riunione di martedì, Tuesday's meeting; la coda del gatto, the cat's tail; la maniglia della porta, the door handle; la porta della cucina, the kitchen door3 ( partitivo) some, (in frasi interrogative, dubitative e negative) any: mangiammo del pane, we ate some bread; è uscita con dei conoscenti, she went out with some people she knew; abbiamo visto delle belle scarpe, we saw some nice shoes; c'è ancora del vino?, is there any wine left?; alcuni degli alunni, some of the pupils; ciascuno di noi, each of us4 (retta da nomi che indicano quantità, numero) of: un chilo di pane, a kilo of bread; una dozzina di uova, a dozen eggs; ci vuole un minimo di buon senso, it takes a bit of common sense; un po' di coraggio, some courage // niente di bello, di interessante, d'importante, nothing nice, interesting, important; qualcosa di nuovo, something new5 (denominazione; talvolta in inglese non si traduce) of: la città di Roma, the city of Rome; l'isola di Capri, the isle of Capri; il mese di febbraio, the month of February; una ragazza di colore, a coloured girl; il nome di Giovanni, the name John6 ( qualità, condizione) at, in, by: sano di corpo, healthy in body; buono d'animo, good at heart; conoscere qlcu. di nome, to know s.o. by name7 ( argomento) about, of: discutere di sport, to talk about sport; parlare bene di qlcu., to speak well of s.o.; un testo di chimica, a chemistry text; un film di spionaggio, a spy film8 ( appartenenza) by: un libro di Calvino, a book by Calvino; un film di Fellini, a film by Fellini; un'opera di Raffaello, a work by Raphael; una sinfonia di Mahler, a symphony by Mahler; una poesia di Montale, a poem by Montale; un'opera di Verdi, an opera by Verdi9 ( per introdurre un secondo termine di paragone) than (dopo compar.); of, in (dopo superl.): Marco è più alto di Giorgio, Mark is taller than George; è il più simpatico dei fratelli, he's the nicest of the brothers; la più grande città del Giappone, the biggest city in Japan; il fiume più lungo del mondo, the longest river in the world10 ( modo): essere di buon umore, to be in a good mood; bere tutto di un fiato, to drink it all in one gulp; ridere di cuore, to laugh heartily; sollevare di peso, to lift up bodily; andarsene di corsa, to rush off11 ( materia): una statua di marmo, a marble statue; una tavola di legno, a wooden table; una borsa di pelle, a leather handbag; una crostata di mele, an apple tart // un cuore d'oro, a heart of gold // un pugno di ferro, an iron fist // castelli di carta, castles in the air12 ( età, valore, misura): un bambino di 6 anni, a 6-year-old child (o a child of 6); un uomo di mezza età, a middle-aged man; un assegno di 500 euro, a cheque for 500 euros; un edificio di 10 piani, a 10-storey building; un circuito di mille metri, a thousand metre circuit; una distanza di 8 km, a distance of 8 kilometres (o 5 miles); una parete di 4 metri, a 4 metre-long wall (o a wall 4 metres long); un appartamento di 150 mq, a flat of 150 square metres13 ( causa) of, for, with: morire di sete, to die of thirst; piangere di gioia, to cry for joy; accusare di furto, to charge with theft; reo di omicidio, guilty of murder14 ( mezzo) with, on: ungere di burro, to grease with butter; cospargere di sale, to sprinkle with salt; campare del proprio stipendio, to live on one's own earnings; vivere di illusioni, to live on illusions15 ( moto da luogo, origine, provenienza, anche fig.) from; out of: uscire di casa, to go (o to come) out of the house (o to leave home); essere di Roma, to be (o to come) from Rome; di dove sei?, where are you from? (o where do you come from?); era di buona famiglia, (s)he was from a good family; allontanati di lì, get away from there; lontano di qui, a long way from here (o a long way off) // uscire di strada, to leave the road // mi cadde di mano, it slipped out of my hand // smontare di sella, to dismount16 ( tempo): di mattina, di sera, in the morning, in the evening; di notte, at night; d'inverno, d'estate, in winter, in summer; di sabato, on Saturday (s); una sera di ottobre, an October evening; un corso di 3 mesi, a three-month course; una lezione di un'ora, an hour-long lesson; una gita di 2 giorni, a two-day trip; una vacanza di un mese, a month's holiday // di recente, recently // di giorno in giorno, from day to day // di anno in anno, from year to year // di tanto in tanto, every now and then (o every so often)17 ( limitazione, privazione): duro d'orecchio, hard of hearing; essere debole di cuore, to have a weak heart; a corto di soldi, short of money; privo di mezzi, without means; mancare di esperienza, to be without experience18 ( destinazione, scopo): stanza di soggiorno, living-room; sala di lettura, reading room ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16, 18 si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale o avverbiale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. di19 (seguito da un verbo all'inf. in dipendenza da altro verbo): decidemmo di partire subito, we decided to leave at once; gli dissi di andarsene, I told him to go away; non avevo intenzione di offenderti, I didn't mean to offend you; credo di aver ragione, I believe I'm right; pensava di fare il medico, he thought of becoming a doctor20 (in unione con altra prep.): contro di lui, against him; dopo di te, after you; sopra, sotto di noi, above, below us; dietro di me, after (o behind) me21 (in unione con un avv.): di qua, over here (o on this side); di là, over there (o on that side); di dentro, inside; di fuori, outside.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: di certo, surely; di frequente, often; di rado, seldom; di nuovo, again; di solito, usually; del resto, besides, moreover; di gran lunga, by far // di male in peggio, from bad to worse // ne ha combinati di guai, he caused a lot of trouble // dire di sì, di no, to say yes, no // credere di sì, di no, to think so, not.di s.f. o m. letter D.* * *[di] di + il = del, di + lo = dello, di + l' = dell', di + la = della, di + i = dei, di + gli = degli, di + le = delle1. prep1) (possesso) of, (composto da, scritto da) byla macchina del mio amico/dei miei amici — my friend's/friends' car
la figlia dell'amica di mia madre — the daughter of my mother's friend, my mother's friend's daughter
l'ultimo libro di Umberto Eco — Umberto Eco's latest book, the latest book by Umberto Eco
2) (specificazione, denominazione) ofil professore d'inglese — the English teacher, the teacher of English
3)una casa di mattoni — a brick house, a house made of brick(s)
4) (provenienza) from, out of, (posizione) in, onuscire di casa — to come out of o leave the house
i negozi di Milano — the Milan shops, the shops in Milan
i vicini del piano di sopra — the upstairs neighbours, the people who live on the floor above us
5)d' estate — in (the) summer
6)una stanza di 2 metri per 3 — a room measuring 2 metres by 3
7)fermarsi di botto — to stop dead o suddenly
di cancro — to die of cancerdi burro — to spread with butterqc di sugo — to get sauce on sth8) (argomento) about, ofdel tempo — to talk about the weatherdi qc — to talk about sth9)(abbondanza, privazione)
pieno di — full ofdi carbone — poor in coaldi — lacking indi risorse naturali — rich in natural resources10) (paragone nei comparativi) than, (paragone nei superlativi) ofè meglio di me — he's better than me
11)ti chiedo di dirmi la verità — I beg you to tell me the truth
2. art partitivonon ho dei libri — I haven't any books, I have no books
c'erano delle persone che non conoscevo — there were some people I didn't know
* * *I [di]1) (appartenenza, possesso)l'auto di Paolo, di tuo fratello, dei miei genitori — Paolo's, your brother's, my parents' car
l'auto è di Paolo, di mio fratello — the car is Paolo's, my brother's, the car belongs to Paolo, to my brother
il Primo Ministro del Giappone — the Japanese Prime Minister, the Prime Minister of Japan
la riunione di lunedì, del 7 gennaio — Monday's meeting, the meeting on the 7th of January
3) (autore) byle opere di Dante — Dante's works, the works of Dante
4) (causa) with, formorire di cancro — to die of o from cancer
5) (materia) of, in6) (misura)un libro di 200 pagine — a 200-page book, a book 200 pages long o in length
un interesse del 5% — a 5% interest
7) (origine) from8) (argomento) aboutparlare di qcn., qcs. — to talk about sb., sth.
ridere di qcn. — to laugh at sb
alto di statura — tall of o in stature
di nascosto — out of sight, secretly
di notte — at night, by night
12) (in espressioni di moto, stato)è di sotto, di là — he's downstairs, in the next room
qualche cosa, niente di nuovo — something, nothing new
14) (con un infinito) to15) (nel comparativo) thanII [di]sostantivo maschile e sostantivo femminile invariabile (lettera) d, D* * *di2/di/m. e f.inv.(lettera) d, D. -
36 dì
1. prep ofcon il comparativo thandi ferro (made of) ironicio sono di Roma I'm from Romel'auto di mio padre my father's caruna tazza di caffè a cup of coffeedi giorno by dayparlare di politica talk about politicsd'estate in the summerdi questo passo at this ratedi chi è questo libro? whose is this book?, who does this book belong to?più bello di prettier than2. art someinterrogativo any, somedel vino some wine* * *di prep.1 ( specificazione) of: il calore del sole, the heat of the sun; l'inizio della primavera, the beginning of spring; il capo dei ribelli, the leader of the rebels (o the rebel leader); il profumo delle rose, the scent of roses; l'altezza di un edificio, the height of a building; la fine di un film, the end of a film; il centro della città, the centre of town (o the town centre); il senso dell'umorismo, a sense of humour; una folla di dimostranti, a crowd of demonstrators; una serie di errori, a series of mistakes; la furia degli elementi, the fury of the elements; i vetri della finestra, window panes; gli impiegati delle poste, post office workers; il canto degli uccelli, birdsong (o the song of birds)2 (specificazione con valore di possesso; in inglese si esprime spesso con il 'caso possessivo'): la casa di Sara, Sarah's house; il fratello di Giacomo, James's brother; il figlio dei Rossi, the Rossi's son; le odi del Carducci, Carducci's odes; la riunione di martedì, Tuesday's meeting; la coda del gatto, the cat's tail; la maniglia della porta, the door handle; la porta della cucina, the kitchen door3 ( partitivo) some, (in frasi interrogative, dubitative e negative) any: mangiammo del pane, we ate some bread; è uscita con dei conoscenti, she went out with some people she knew; abbiamo visto delle belle scarpe, we saw some nice shoes; c'è ancora del vino?, is there any wine left?; alcuni degli alunni, some of the pupils; ciascuno di noi, each of us4 (retta da nomi che indicano quantità, numero) of: un chilo di pane, a kilo of bread; una dozzina di uova, a dozen eggs; ci vuole un minimo di buon senso, it takes a bit of common sense; un po' di coraggio, some courage // niente di bello, di interessante, d'importante, nothing nice, interesting, important; qualcosa di nuovo, something new5 (denominazione; talvolta in inglese non si traduce) of: la città di Roma, the city of Rome; l'isola di Capri, the isle of Capri; il mese di febbraio, the month of February; una ragazza di colore, a coloured girl; il nome di Giovanni, the name John6 ( qualità, condizione) at, in, by: sano di corpo, healthy in body; buono d'animo, good at heart; conoscere qlcu. di nome, to know s.o. by name7 ( argomento) about, of: discutere di sport, to talk about sport; parlare bene di qlcu., to speak well of s.o.; un testo di chimica, a chemistry text; un film di spionaggio, a spy film8 ( appartenenza) by: un libro di Calvino, a book by Calvino; un film di Fellini, a film by Fellini; un'opera di Raffaello, a work by Raphael; una sinfonia di Mahler, a symphony by Mahler; una poesia di Montale, a poem by Montale; un'opera di Verdi, an opera by Verdi9 ( per introdurre un secondo termine di paragone) than (dopo compar.); of, in (dopo superl.): Marco è più alto di Giorgio, Mark is taller than George; è il più simpatico dei fratelli, he's the nicest of the brothers; la più grande città del Giappone, the biggest city in Japan; il fiume più lungo del mondo, the longest river in the world10 ( modo): essere di buon umore, to be in a good mood; bere tutto di un fiato, to drink it all in one gulp; ridere di cuore, to laugh heartily; sollevare di peso, to lift up bodily; andarsene di corsa, to rush off11 ( materia): una statua di marmo, a marble statue; una tavola di legno, a wooden table; una borsa di pelle, a leather handbag; una crostata di mele, an apple tart // un cuore d'oro, a heart of gold // un pugno di ferro, an iron fist // castelli di carta, castles in the air12 ( età, valore, misura): un bambino di 6 anni, a 6-year-old child (o a child of 6); un uomo di mezza età, a middle-aged man; un assegno di 500 euro, a cheque for 500 euros; un edificio di 10 piani, a 10-storey building; un circuito di mille metri, a thousand metre circuit; una distanza di 8 km, a distance of 8 kilometres (o 5 miles); una parete di 4 metri, a 4 metre-long wall (o a wall 4 metres long); un appartamento di 150 mq, a flat of 150 square metres13 ( causa) of, for, with: morire di sete, to die of thirst; piangere di gioia, to cry for joy; accusare di furto, to charge with theft; reo di omicidio, guilty of murder14 ( mezzo) with, on: ungere di burro, to grease with butter; cospargere di sale, to sprinkle with salt; campare del proprio stipendio, to live on one's own earnings; vivere di illusioni, to live on illusions15 ( moto da luogo, origine, provenienza, anche fig.) from; out of: uscire di casa, to go (o to come) out of the house (o to leave home); essere di Roma, to be (o to come) from Rome; di dove sei?, where are you from? (o where do you come from?); era di buona famiglia, (s)he was from a good family; allontanati di lì, get away from there; lontano di qui, a long way from here (o a long way off) // uscire di strada, to leave the road // mi cadde di mano, it slipped out of my hand // smontare di sella, to dismount16 ( tempo): di mattina, di sera, in the morning, in the evening; di notte, at night; d'inverno, d'estate, in winter, in summer; di sabato, on Saturday (s); una sera di ottobre, an October evening; un corso di 3 mesi, a three-month course; una lezione di un'ora, an hour-long lesson; una gita di 2 giorni, a two-day trip; una vacanza di un mese, a month's holiday // di recente, recently // di giorno in giorno, from day to day // di anno in anno, from year to year // di tanto in tanto, every now and then (o every so often)17 ( limitazione, privazione): duro d'orecchio, hard of hearing; essere debole di cuore, to have a weak heart; a corto di soldi, short of money; privo di mezzi, without means; mancare di esperienza, to be without experience18 ( destinazione, scopo): stanza di soggiorno, living-room; sala di lettura, reading room ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16, 18 si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale o avverbiale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. di19 (seguito da un verbo all'inf. in dipendenza da altro verbo): decidemmo di partire subito, we decided to leave at once; gli dissi di andarsene, I told him to go away; non avevo intenzione di offenderti, I didn't mean to offend you; credo di aver ragione, I believe I'm right; pensava di fare il medico, he thought of becoming a doctor20 (in unione con altra prep.): contro di lui, against him; dopo di te, after you; sopra, sotto di noi, above, below us; dietro di me, after (o behind) me21 (in unione con un avv.): di qua, over here (o on this side); di là, over there (o on that side); di dentro, inside; di fuori, outside.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: di certo, surely; di frequente, often; di rado, seldom; di nuovo, again; di solito, usually; del resto, besides, moreover; di gran lunga, by far // di male in peggio, from bad to worse // ne ha combinati di guai, he caused a lot of trouble // dire di sì, di no, to say yes, no // credere di sì, di no, to think so, not.di s.f. o m. letter D.* * *[di] di + il = del, di + lo = dello, di + l' = dell', di + la = della, di + i = dei, di + gli = degli, di + le = delle1. prep1) (possesso) of, (composto da, scritto da) byla macchina del mio amico/dei miei amici — my friend's/friends' car
la figlia dell'amica di mia madre — the daughter of my mother's friend, my mother's friend's daughter
l'ultimo libro di Umberto Eco — Umberto Eco's latest book, the latest book by Umberto Eco
2) (specificazione, denominazione) ofil professore d'inglese — the English teacher, the teacher of English
3)una casa di mattoni — a brick house, a house made of brick(s)
4) (provenienza) from, out of, (posizione) in, onuscire di casa — to come out of o leave the house
i negozi di Milano — the Milan shops, the shops in Milan
i vicini del piano di sopra — the upstairs neighbours, the people who live on the floor above us
5)d' estate — in (the) summer
6)una stanza di 2 metri per 3 — a room measuring 2 metres by 3
7)fermarsi di botto — to stop dead o suddenly
di cancro — to die of cancerdi burro — to spread with butterqc di sugo — to get sauce on sth8) (argomento) about, ofdel tempo — to talk about the weatherdi qc — to talk about sth9)(abbondanza, privazione)
pieno di — full ofdi carbone — poor in coaldi — lacking indi risorse naturali — rich in natural resources10) (paragone nei comparativi) than, (paragone nei superlativi) ofè meglio di me — he's better than me
11)ti chiedo di dirmi la verità — I beg you to tell me the truth
2. art partitivonon ho dei libri — I haven't any books, I have no books
c'erano delle persone che non conoscevo — there were some people I didn't know
* * *I [di]1) (appartenenza, possesso)l'auto di Paolo, di tuo fratello, dei miei genitori — Paolo's, your brother's, my parents' car
l'auto è di Paolo, di mio fratello — the car is Paolo's, my brother's, the car belongs to Paolo, to my brother
il Primo Ministro del Giappone — the Japanese Prime Minister, the Prime Minister of Japan
la riunione di lunedì, del 7 gennaio — Monday's meeting, the meeting on the 7th of January
3) (autore) byle opere di Dante — Dante's works, the works of Dante
4) (causa) with, formorire di cancro — to die of o from cancer
5) (materia) of, in6) (misura)un libro di 200 pagine — a 200-page book, a book 200 pages long o in length
un interesse del 5% — a 5% interest
7) (origine) from8) (argomento) aboutparlare di qcn., qcs. — to talk about sb., sth.
ridere di qcn. — to laugh at sb
alto di statura — tall of o in stature
di nascosto — out of sight, secretly
di notte — at night, by night
12) (in espressioni di moto, stato)è di sotto, di là — he's downstairs, in the next room
qualche cosa, niente di nuovo — something, nothing new
14) (con un infinito) to15) (nel comparativo) thanII [di]sostantivo maschile e sostantivo femminile invariabile (lettera) d, D* * *dì/di/m.inv.lett. day. -
37 mezzo
"equipment, device, medium;Medium;meio"* * *1. adj halfuno e mezzo one and a halfmezz'ora half-hourle sei e mezzo half-past sixmezzo chilo a half kiloa mezza strada halfwaydi mezza età middle-aged2. adv half3. m ( parte centrale) middle( metà) half( strumento) means sg( veicolo) means sg of transportprendere un mezzo pubblico use public transportmezzi pl di comunicazione di massa mass mediamezzi pl di pagamento means of paymentper mezzo di by means ofa mezzo posta by post,in mezzo a due persone, due libri betweenin mezzo a quei documenti in the middle of or among those papersin mezzo alla stanza in the middle of the roomnel mezzo di in the middle ofgiusto mezzo happy medium* * *1 (di frutta, marcio) rotten: pera mezza, rotten pear2 (fradicio) soaked, drenched3 (fig.) (corrotto) rotten, corrupt.mezzo2 agg.1 half: mezza bottiglia di vino, half a bottle of wine; una bottiglia e mezza di vino, one and a half bottles of wine; mezza dozzina di volte, half a dozen times; mezz'ora al giorno, half an hour a day; mezz'ora prima di colazione, half an hour before lunch; è lontano un mezzo chilometro, it is (about) half a kilometre away; ho letto mezzo libro, I have read half the book; in questa prima mezz'ora parleremo di musica, in this first half hour we will talk about music; un pavimento mezzo bianco e mezzo nero, a floor half white and half black; mezza Quaresima, Mid-Lent // a mezza voce, in a low voice2 (indicante approssimazione) half: mezzo trionfo, half victory; una mezza verità, a half truth; una mezza promessa, a half promise; avevo una mezza intenzione, una mezza idea di venire, I had half a mind to come; c'è stata una mezza discussione in ufficio, ma poi tutto si è sistemato, there was a bit of an argument in the office but then everything was sorted out; questa mela è mezza marcia, this apple is half rotten; è mezza matta, she's a bit crazy; lo spettacolo è stato un mezzo fiasco, the performance was a bit of a fiasco3 (medio) middle; medium (attr.): mezza altezza, medium height; mezza età, middle age: una persona di mezza età, a middle-aged person; incontrarsi a mezza strada, to meet half way◆ s.m.1 (metà) half*: due mezzi fanno un intero, two halves make a whole; aveva due anni e mezzo, he was two and a half (years old); bevvero due litri e mezzo di vino, they drank two and a half litres of wine; aggiungere un cucchiaio e mezzo di olio, add a spoon and a half of oil; sono le tre e mezzo, it is half past three2 (centro, punto mediano) middle, centre: nel mezzo della notte, in the middle of the night (o at dead of night); nel bel mezzo del giardino, in the very middle of the garden; ce ne andammo nel bel mezzo della festa, we left right in the middle of the party; tieniti nel mezzo della strada, keep to the middle of the road◆ avv. half: paesi ancora mezzo distrutti dalla guerra, countries still half destroyed by the war.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: in mezzo a, (fra molti) among, (fra due) between, (nel centro di) in the middle of: lo vide in mezzo alla folla, he saw him among the crowd; il proiettile lo colpì in mezzo agli occhi, the bullet hit him right between the eyes; c'è un obelisco in mezzo alla piazza, there's an obelisk in the middle of the square; ovunque vada me lo trovo sempre in mezzo ai piedi, wherever I go I always find him in my way // mezzo e mezzo, so-so // fare le cose a mezzo, to do things by halves; lasciare a mezzo un lavoro, to leave a job half finished; questa bistecca è troppo grande: facciamo a mezzo?, this steak is too big for me, why don't we take half each?; fare a mezzo, (dividere una spesa) to go fifty-fifty // di mezzo, in the middle: il posto di mezzo, the seat in the middle // levare di mezzo qlcu., to get rid of s.o.; levare di mezzo qlco., to take sthg. out of the way: bisognerà levarlo di mezzo, we'll have to get rid of him; leva di mezzo quelle valigie, take those suitcases out of the way; levati di mezzo, get out of the way // sono tutti amici finché non ci sono di mezzo i soldi, they are all friends just as long as there is no money involved // non deve andarci di mezzo chi è innocente, someone who is innocent shouldn't have to lose out // mettersi di mezzo, to intervene (o to interfere); fate quello che volete basta che non mi mettiate in mezzo, do what you want but just don't involve me.mezzo3 s.m.1 (strumento) means; (apparato) equipment: mezzi di comunicazione, di produzione, means of communication, of production; mezzi audiovisivi, audio-visual equipment; mezzi leciti, illeciti, legal, illegal means; con mezzi disonesti, by foul means; questo era l'unico mezzo per raggiungerlo, this was the only way (o means) of reaching him // (econ.): mezzo di scambio, medium of exchange; mezzi di pagamento, means of payment // (dir.) mezzo di prova, (piece of) evidence // a mezzo posta, by post; a mezzo ferrovia, by rail // per mezzo di, by (o by means of), (attraverso) through: lo ebbi per mezzo di un mio amico, I got it through a friend of mine; mi fu consegnato per mezzo di un fattorino, it was delivered to me by messenger; spedire merci a mezzo corriere, to send (o ship) goods through a carrier // il fine giustifica i mezzi, the end justifies the means // non c'è mezzo di saperlo, there is no way of knowing2 (spec. pl.) mezzi (di trasporto), means of transport, transport: viaggiare con i mezzi pubblici, to travel by public transport; riuscimmo ad arrivare al villaggio con dei mezzi di fortuna, we managed to reach the village travelling by whatever transport was available3 (fis.) medium: l'elettricità si propaga più o meno rapidamente secondo il mezzo, electricity travels more or less quickly according to the conductor; i raggi di luce si rifrangono passando da un mezzo a un altro, rays of light are refracted when they pass from one medium to another4 pl. (denaro) means, money [U]; funds: una persona con mezzi, a person of means; egli ha molti mezzi, he is well off; vivere al di sopra dei propri mezzi, to live beyond one's means; prima di affrontare quella spesa bisognerà reperire i mezzi, before meeting that expense we shall have to find the funds.* * *I ['mɛddzo] sm(strumento) means sg, (metodo) means, wayII mezzo (-a)per mezzo di — by means of, through
1. agg1) half2)di mezza età — middle-agedun soprabito di mezza stagione — a spring (o autumn) coat
2. avvmezzo pieno/vuoto ecc — half-full/empty ecc
3. sm1) (metà) halfun chilo e mezzo — a kilo and a half, one and a half kilos
2) (parte centrale) middlein mezzo a — in the middle of, (folla) in the midst of
3)esserci di mezzo — (ostacolo) to be in the wayquando ci sono di mezzo i numeri non ci capisco più niente — when numbers are involved I get completely lost
togliere di mezzo — (persona, cosa) to get rid of, (fam : uccidere) to bump off
levarsi o togliersi di mezzo — to get out of the way
* * *I 1. ['mɛddzo]1) half- a mela — half apple
mezzo litro — a half-litre, half a litre
mezz'ora — half hour, half an hour
- a giornata — half day
2) (medio) middle- a età — middle age
2.fare una -a promessa a qcn. — to make a half promise to sb
sostantivo maschile1) (metà) half*tre -i — mat. three halves
2) (punto centrale) middle, centre BE, center AE3) (momento centrale) middlenel mezzo della notte — in the middle o dead of the night
4) in mezzo a (fra due) between; (fra molti) among; (nella parte centrale) in the middle ofmettersi in mezzo — fig. (intervenire) to come between, to intervene; (intromettersi) to interfere
essere messo in mezzo — fig. to be caught in the middle
5) di mezzotogliere o levare di mezzo to get rid of; (uccidere) to do in colloq.; levati di mezzo! get out of my way! andarci di mezzo to get involved, to be caught up; mettere di mezzo qcn. — to involve sb., to bring sb. into
6) a mezzo3.avverbio halfessere mezzo morto — to be half-dead o as good as dead
- a manica — mezzamanica
- a pensione — half board
- a stagione — = autumn or spring
••mezzo e mezzo, mezz'e mezzo — half-and-half; (così così) so-so
il giusto mezzo — the golden mean, the happy medium
mezzo mondo — a load o whole lot of people
II 1. ['mɛddzo]parlare senza -i termini — not to mince matters o one's words
sostantivo maschile1) (modo di procedere) means*con ogni mezzo — by every possible means, by fair means or foul
2) biol. fis. medium*3) (veicolo) means of transport4) per mezzo di, a mezzo by means of, through2.avere -i — to be in funds o well off
mezzo anfibio — mil. amphibian
mezzo d'assalto — mil. assault craft
mezzo corazzato — armoured BE o armored AE vehicle
mezzo da sbarco — mil. landing craft
••il fine giustifica i -i — prov. the end justifies the means
* * *mezzo1/'mεddzo/ ⇒ 131 half; - a mela half apple; una -a dozzina di uova a half-dozen eggs; mezzo litro a half-litre, half a litre; - a aspirina half an aspirin; mezz'ora half hour, half an hour; - a giornata half day; due tazze e -a two and a half cups; ha sei anni e mezzo he's six and a half; un'ora e -a an hour and a half; le due e -a half past two3 (con valore attenuativo) avere una -a intenzione di fare to have half a mind to do; fare una -a promessa a qcn. to make a half promise to sb.3 (momento centrale) middle; nel mezzo della notte in the middle o dead of the night; nel bel mezzo della cena right in the middle of dinner4 in mezzo a (fra due) between; (fra molti) among; (nella parte centrale) in the middle of; mettersi in mezzo fig. (intervenire) to come between, to intervene; (intromettersi) to interfere; essere messo in mezzo fig. to be caught in the middle5 di mezzo togliere o levare di mezzo to get rid of; (uccidere) to do in colloq.; levati di mezzo! get out of my way! andarci di mezzo to get involved, to be caught up; mettere di mezzo qcn. to involve sb., to bring sb. intoIII avverbiohalf; mezzo addormentato half asleep; essere mezzo morto to be half-dead o as good as dead; essere mezzo matto to have screw loosemezzo e mezzo, mezz'e mezzo half-and-half; (così così) so-so; il giusto mezzo the golden mean, the happy medium; - e misure half-measures; mezzo mondo a load o whole lot of people; parlare senza -i termini not to mince matters o one's words\mezzo punto → mezzopunto; - a manica → mezzamanica; - a pensione half board; - a stagione = autumn or spring.————————mezzo2/'mεddzo/I sostantivo m.1 (modo di procedere) means*; con ogni mezzo by every possible means, by fair means or foul; tentare ogni mezzo to do one's utmost2 biol. fis. medium*3 (veicolo) means of transport; - i pubblici public transport4 per mezzo di, a mezzo by means of, through; a mezzo stampa through the medium of the press; a mezzo posta by postII mezzi m.pl.(risorse finanziarie) means, funds; avere -i to be in funds o well off; vivere al di sopra dei propri -i to live beyond one's meansil fine giustifica i -i prov. the end justifies the means\mezzo anfibio mil. amphibian; mezzo d'assalto mil. assault craft; mezzo corazzato armoured BE o armored AE vehicle; mezzo pesante heavy lorry; mezzo da sbarco mil. landing craft; - i di comunicazione (di massa) (mass) media. -
38 adelantarse
pron.v.1 to go forward, to go ahead (tomar la delantera; to improve.2 adelantarse a uno, to get ahead of someone, to outstrip somebody, to pass someone.3 adelantarse a algo, to anticipate something.* * *1 (ir delante) to go ahead2 (llegar temprano) to be early3 (anticiparse) to get ahead (a, of)4 (reloj) to gain, be fast* * *VPR1) (=avanzar) to go forward, move forwardse adelantó para darle dos besos — she stepped o went o moved forward to kiss him
2) (=ir por delante) to go aheadadelantarse en el marcador — (Dep) to go ahead
3) (=anticiparse) [cosecha, primavera] to come early4)adelantarse a —
a) [+ deseos, preguntas] to anticipateb) [+ persona] (=hacer antes) to get in before; (=dejar atrás) to get ahead ofyo iba a comprarlo pero alguien se me adelantó — I was going to buy it but someone beat me to it o got in before me
5) [reloj] to gain time* * *(v.) = out-think [outthink]Ex. Today's online information industry is playing a game of catch-up, and must out-think current market leaders in order to find profitable new markets.* * *(v.) = out-think [outthink]Ex: Today's online information industry is playing a game of catch-up, and must out-think current market leaders in order to find profitable new markets.
* * *
■adelantarse verbo reflexivo
1 (tomar la delantera) to go ahead: quería invitarle a cenar, pero Beatriz se me adelantó, I wanted to invite him to dinner but Beatriz got there first
2 (un reloj) to gain, be fast
3 (venir antes de lo esperado) to come early: este año la primavera se ha adelantado, spring has come early this year
' adelantarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
anticiparse
- pisar
- acontecimiento
- adelantar
- anticipar
- avanzar
- aventajar
English:
advance
- gain
- pre-empt
- draw
- forestall
- get
- pass
* * *vpr1. [en el tiempo] to be early;[frío, verano] to arrive early;la reunión se ha adelantado una hora the meeting has been brought forward an hour;este año se ha adelantado la primavera spring has come early this year2. [en el espacio] to go on ahead;se adelantó unos pasos he went on a few steps ahead;me adelanto para comprar el pan I'll go on ahead and buy the bread3. [reloj] to gain;mi reloj se adelanta cinco minutos al día my watch is gaining five minutes a dayse adelantó a mis deseos she anticipated my wishes;se adelantaron a la competencia they stole a march on their rivals;no nos adelantemos a los acontecimientos let's not jump the gun* * *v/rse me adelantó she beat me to it, she got there first3 de reloj gain* * *vr1) : to advance, to get in front2)adelantarse a : to forestall, to preempt* * *adelantarse vb to gain -
39 comienzo
m.start, beginning, kickoff.a comienzos del siglo XX at the beginning of the twentieth centurydar comienzo (a algo) to start (something), to begin (something)pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: comenzar.* * *1 start, beginning\a comienzos de at the beginning ofdar comienzo to begin, startestar en sus comienzos to be in its early stages* * *noun m.start, beginning* * *SM1) (=principio) [de película, historia, partido] beginning, start; [de proyecto, plan] beginning; [de enfermedad] onsetdesde el comienzo supe que el asesino era el mayordomo — I knew the butler was the murderer from the beginning o the start
al comienzo: al comienzo no entendía nada — at first I didn't understand anything
al comienzo de la primavera — in early Spring, at the start of Spring
los comienzos: en los comienzos de este siglo — at the beginning of this century
en los comienzos del proceso democrático — in the early o initial stages of the democratic process
una etapa muy difícil en sus comienzos — a very difficult stage, initially
2)dar comienzo — [acto, curso] to start, begin, commence frm
la ceremonia dio comienzo a las cinco de la tarde — the ceremony started o began o frm commenced at five o'clock
3)dar comienzo a — [+ acto, ceremonia] to begin, start; [+ carrera] to start; [+ etapa] to mark the beginning of
* * *masculino beginningal comienzo — at first, in the beginning
el proceso fue muy lento en sus comienzos — initially, the process was very slow
los comienzos son siempre difíciles — the first months (o steps etc) are always difficult
dar comienzo a algo — persona to begin something; ceremonia/acto to mark the beginning of something
* * *= beginning, inception, starting, commencement, onset, start, initiation, dawning, input stage, kick-off, eruption, startup [start-up], start time, opening.Ex. In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.Ex. Automated cataloging support systems, with any pretense to sophistication, did not begin to appear until the inception of the LC/MARC II (Library of Congress/Machine-Readable Cataloging) project in late 1967.Ex. The information seeking patterns of a variety of academic social scientists were broken down into 6 characteristics: starting; chaining; browsing; differentiating; monitoring; and extracting.Ex. The development of the course since its commencement is reviewed, and the reasons for changes in the course structure are discussed.Ex. In the 1980s came the onset of the 'new' immigration from Eastern and Southern Europe.Ex. Olle is right, however, in implying that after a slow start interest in, and writing about, official publishing in Britain has increased dramatically in recent years.Ex. The increase in emphasis on regional cooperation has resulted in the initiation of many regional projects.Ex. The Internet heralds the dawning of a new information age = Internet premoniza el amanecer de una nueva era de la información.Ex. To rephrase this in terms already used, they involve effort at the input stage in order to reduce effort at the output stage = Expresando esto con términos ya usados, suponen un esfuerzo en la etapa inicial con objeto de reducir el esfuerzo en la etapa final.Ex. The cooperative venture 'StoryLines America' joins libraries and public radio in smash kick-off.Ex. Information on the news items relevant to 'mad cow disease' was collected for a period of 100 days starting very close to the eruption of the crisis.Ex. This article presents some practical tips to help users of DIALOG's DIALOGLINK including buffer size, screen speed-up, startup short cuts, type-ahead buffer and use of DIALOGLING with other services.Ex. Reservations are held for 20 minutes after the slated event start time.Ex. Some of the common auxiliaries are allocated notations in which the facet indicators possess both an opening and a closure sign.----* abocado al fracaso desde el comienzo = doomed from + the beginning, doomed from + the outset, doomed from + the start.* a comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = early + Expresión Temporal, the.* a comienzos de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha, in the early part of + Fecha.* a comienzos de + Período de Tiempo = by the turn of + Período de Tiempo, at the turn of + Período de Tiempo.* al comienzo = early on, at the outset, to start with, at startup.* al comienzo de = at the start (of), in the early days (of), at the outbreak of, at the onset of, early in.* comienzo de la guerra = outbreak of the war, breakout of + the war.* comienzo de la menstruación = menarche.* comienzo difícil = bumpy start.* comienzo fallido = false start.* comienzos = early days.* comienzo tardío = late start.* condenado al fracaso desde el comienzo = doomed from + the beginning, doomed from + the outset, doomed from + the start.* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* desde el comienzo = from the outset, from the start, from the beginning, ab initio, from the word go, from the word get-go.* desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.* desde los comienzos = from an early stage.* desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.* en los comienzos de = at the birth of.* en + Posesivo + comienzos = in + Posesivo + early days, in + Posesivo + early years.* en sus comienzos = budding.* fecha de comienzo = starting date, beginning date, date of commencement.* hora de comienzo = starting time, start time.* indicador de comienzo de subcampo = delimiter sign.* los comienzos de = the dawn of.* marcar el comienzo = usher in.* nuevo comienzo = new beginning, clean slate, new leaf.* posición de comienzo = offset value.* predestinado al fracaso desde el comienzo = doomed to + failure from its inception, doomed to + failure.* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.* tener un comienzo tardío* un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.* * *masculino beginningal comienzo — at first, in the beginning
el proceso fue muy lento en sus comienzos — initially, the process was very slow
los comienzos son siempre difíciles — the first months (o steps etc) are always difficult
dar comienzo a algo — persona to begin something; ceremonia/acto to mark the beginning of something
* * *= beginning, inception, starting, commencement, onset, start, initiation, dawning, input stage, kick-off, eruption, startup [start-up], start time, opening.Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.
Ex: Automated cataloging support systems, with any pretense to sophistication, did not begin to appear until the inception of the LC/MARC II (Library of Congress/Machine-Readable Cataloging) project in late 1967.Ex: The information seeking patterns of a variety of academic social scientists were broken down into 6 characteristics: starting; chaining; browsing; differentiating; monitoring; and extracting.Ex: The development of the course since its commencement is reviewed, and the reasons for changes in the course structure are discussed.Ex: In the 1980s came the onset of the 'new' immigration from Eastern and Southern Europe.Ex: Olle is right, however, in implying that after a slow start interest in, and writing about, official publishing in Britain has increased dramatically in recent years.Ex: The increase in emphasis on regional cooperation has resulted in the initiation of many regional projects.Ex: The Internet heralds the dawning of a new information age = Internet premoniza el amanecer de una nueva era de la información.Ex: To rephrase this in terms already used, they involve effort at the input stage in order to reduce effort at the output stage = Expresando esto con términos ya usados, suponen un esfuerzo en la etapa inicial con objeto de reducir el esfuerzo en la etapa final.Ex: The cooperative venture 'StoryLines America' joins libraries and public radio in smash kick-off.Ex: Information on the news items relevant to 'mad cow disease' was collected for a period of 100 days starting very close to the eruption of the crisis.Ex: This article presents some practical tips to help users of DIALOG's DIALOGLINK including buffer size, screen speed-up, startup short cuts, type-ahead buffer and use of DIALOGLING with other services.Ex: Reservations are held for 20 minutes after the slated event start time.Ex: Some of the common auxiliaries are allocated notations in which the facet indicators possess both an opening and a closure sign.* abocado al fracaso desde el comienzo = doomed from + the beginning, doomed from + the outset, doomed from + the start.* a comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = early + Expresión Temporal, the.* a comienzos de + Fecha = in the early + Fecha, in the early part of + Fecha.* a comienzos de + Período de Tiempo = by the turn of + Período de Tiempo, at the turn of + Período de Tiempo.* al comienzo = early on, at the outset, to start with, at startup.* al comienzo de = at the start (of), in the early days (of), at the outbreak of, at the onset of, early in.* comienzo de la guerra = outbreak of the war, breakout of + the war.* comienzo de la menstruación = menarche.* comienzo difícil = bumpy start.* comienzo fallido = false start.* comienzos = early days.* comienzo tardío = late start.* condenado al fracaso desde el comienzo = doomed from + the beginning, doomed from + the outset, doomed from + the start.* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* desde el comienzo = from the outset, from the start, from the beginning, ab initio, from the word go, from the word get-go.* desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.* desde los comienzos = from an early stage.* desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.* en los comienzos de = at the birth of.* en + Posesivo + comienzos = in + Posesivo + early days, in + Posesivo + early years.* en sus comienzos = budding.* fecha de comienzo = starting date, beginning date, date of commencement.* hora de comienzo = starting time, start time.* indicador de comienzo de subcampo = delimiter sign.* los comienzos de = the dawn of.* marcar el comienzo = usher in.* nuevo comienzo = new beginning, clean slate, new leaf.* posición de comienzo = offset value.* predestinado al fracaso desde el comienzo = doomed to + failure from its inception, doomed to + failure.* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.* tener un comienzo tardío* un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.* * *beginningal comienzo at first, in the beginningel proceso fue muy lento en sus comienzos initially, the process was very slowdio comienzo al año lectivo it marked the beginning of the academic yeardieron comienzo a la función con la tocata they began the performance with the toccatael concierto dará comienzo a las nueve the concert will begin at 9 o'clocklos comienzos son siempre difíciles the first months ( o steps etc) are always difficult* * *
Del verbo comenzar: ( conjugate comenzar)
comienzo es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
Multiple Entries:
comenzar
comienzo
comenzar ( conjugate comenzar) verbo transitivo
to begin, commence (frml)
verbo intransitivo
to begin;
comienzo haciendo algo/por hacer algo to begin by doing sth;
comienzo a hacer algo to start doing o to do sth;
comienzoon a disparar they started firing o to fire;
comienzo por algo to begin with sth
comienzo sustantivo masculino
beginning;
al comienzo at first, in the beginning;
dar comienzo to begin;
dar comienzo a algo [ persona] to begin sth;
[ceremonia/acto] to mark the beginning of sth;
comenzar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to begin, start
(a realizar una acción) comenzó a decir barbaridades, he started talking nonsense
(una serie de acciones) comenzamos por mostrar nuestro desacuerdo, we started by showing our disagreement ➣ Ver nota en begin y start
comienzo sustantivo masculino beginning, start
♦ Locuciones: a comienzos de, at the beginning of
dar comienzo, to begin o start
' comienzo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apertura
- iniciar
- origen
- principio
- iniciación
English:
beginning
- conception
- off
- onset
- opening
- outbreak
- outset
- start
- turn
- commence
- home
- out
- usher
* * *♦ nmstart, beginning;lo sabían desde el comienzo they knew from the start o beginning;y esto es sólo el comienzo and this is just the start;tuvo unos comienzos poco prometedores it got off to an inauspicious start;a comienzos del siglo XX at the beginning of the 20th century;al comienzo in the beginning, at first;dar comienzo (a algo) to start (sth), to begin (sth);la función dio comienzo a las siete y media the performance started at half past seven;el secretario dio comienzo a la reunión the secretary began o opened the meeting* * *m beginning;al comienzo, en un comienzo at first, in the beginning;desde el oun comienzo from the start;a comienzos de junio at the beginning of June* * *comienzo nm1) : start, beginning2)al comienzo : at first3)dar comienzo : to begin* * *comienzo n beginning -
40 empezar
v.to begin, to start.empezó la conferencia dando la bienvenida a los asistentes she began o started her speech by welcoming everyone thereempezaron otra botella de vino they started o opened another bottle of winela clase empieza a las diez the class begins o starts at ten o'clock¡no empieces!, ¡ya hemos discutido este tema lo suficiente! don't you start, we've spent long enough on this subject already!al empezar la reunión when the meeting started o beganempezar a hacer algo to begin o start to do somethingempezar por hacer algo to begin o start by doing somethingpara empezar to begin o start withRicardo empezó la fiesta tarde Richard began the party late.La fiesta empezó tarde The party began late.Ricardo empezó el crucigrama Richard started the crossword puzzle.* * *(e changes to ie in stressed syllables and z changes to c before e)Present IndicativePast indempecé, empezaste, empezó, empezamos, empezasteis, empezaron.Present SubjunctiveImperative* * *verbto begin, start* * *1. VI1) (=comenzar) [gen] to start, begin; [en un puesto de trabajo] to startel curso empieza en octubre — the course starts o begins in October
el año ha empezado mal — the year got off to a bad start, the year started o began badly
antes de empezar, os recordaré que... — before we start o begin, I'd like to remind you that...
al empezar el año — at the start o beginning of the year
¿cuándo empieza el nuevo cocinero? — when does the new cook start?
¡no empieces! — * don't you start! *
•
para empezar — to start with, begin withpara empezar quisiera agradecerte tu presencia entre nosotros — I would like to start o begin by thanking you for being with us, to start o begin with, I would like to thank you for being with us
- todo es cuestión de empezar2)• empezar a hacer algo — [gen] to start o begin to do sth, start o begin doing sth; [en un trabajo] to start to do o doing sth
empezó a llover — it started o began to rain, it started o began raining
la película me está empezando a aburrir — the film is starting o beginning to bore me
ya empiezo a entrar en calor — I'm starting o beginning to feel warm now
3)• empezar haciendo algo — to begin o start by doing sth
empezaremos pidiendo ayuda — we'll start o begin by asking for help
la canción empieza diciendo que... — the song begins o starts by saying that...
4)• empezar con algo — [película, curso, año] to start o begin with sth
la novela empieza con una referencia a Sartre — the novel starts o begins with a reference to Sartre
empezamos con cerveza y acabamos con vino — we started on o began with beer and ended up on wine
¿cuándo empezáis con las clases de inglés? — when do you start your English classes?
¡no empieces otra vez con lo mismo! — don't start on that again!
5)• empezar por algo/algn — to start with sth/sb, begin with sth/sb
empezaré por la cocina — I'll start o begin with the kitchen
"huelga" empieza por hache — "huelga" starts o begins with (an) h
empezar por hacer algo — to start by doing sth, begin by doing sth
2.VT [+ actividad, temporada] to start, begin; [+ botella, jamón] to starthemos empezado mal la semana — the week got off to a bad start for us, the week started badly for us
* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) película/conferencia/invierno to begin, startempezar a + inf — to start to + inf, start -ing
empezó a nevar — it started to snow o snowing
me empezó a entrar hambre — I began o started to feel hungry
2) persona to startempezar de nuevo or volver a empezar — to start again
todo es (cuestión de) empezar — it'll be fine once we/you get started
empezar a + inf — to start -ing, start to + inf
empezó a llorar — he began o started to cry
empezar + ger — to start by -ing
empezó diciendo que... — she started o began by saying that...
empezar por + inf — to start o begin by -ing
empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico — let's begin o start by looking at the historical context
3)2.para empezar — first of all, to start with
empezar vt1) <tarea/actividad> to start2) <frasco/mermelada> to start, open* * *= begin, get + started, start, start off, kick off, set out, get + Nombre + underway, get + Posesivo + feet wet, set in, cut + Posesivo + spurs, commence.Ex. This section has begun to demonstrate some of the problems associated with the author approach.Ex. 'We'll get started as soon as everyone arrives,' the executive director shook her hand and smiled graciously.Ex. Over the past two to three years the numbers of full text data bases and data banks has started to escalate considerably.Ex. If you establish a principle of using the national language, where do you start off?.Ex. The article is entitled 'The bucks start here: ALA kicks off library funding campaign'.Ex. The person seeking information needs to have all the necessary documentation before setting out, otherwise it could result in considerable expense and much time wasting.Ex. The author describes two surveys which the IFLA Section has been involved in to acquire the information necessary to get the project underway.Ex. Coming clean to voters is something she's gonna have to get used to if she is really serious about getting her feet wet in elected politics.Ex. Open or compound fractures were usually fatal prior to the advent of antiseptics in the 1860s because infection would set in.Ex. Lorene, who cut her spurs fighting for equal pay, said she was `absolutely gobsmacked' at having won the award.Ex. This stop list is input to the computer before indexing can commence, and is a list of the words which appear in text which have no value as access words in an index.----* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.* al empezar = first off.* bomba de relojería + empezar la cuenta atrás = time bomb + tick away.* empezar a = be on + Posesivo + way to.* empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).* empezar a actuar = swing into + action.* empezar a arder = catch + fire, catch on + fire.* empezar a caer en picado = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a calar en = grow on/upon + Pronombre.* empezar a comprender = grow on/upon + Pronombre.* empezar a dar carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.* empezar a darse cuenta de = grow on/upon + Pronombre.* empezar a debatir = embark on/upon + discussion.* empezar a deteriorarse = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a diluviar = the skies + open up.* empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a faltar = be in short supply, be at a premium.* empezar a fumar = take up + smoking.* empezar a funcionar = become + operational, get off + the ground, get + rolling, get + things going, get + things rolling, go + live, get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.* empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.* empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.* empezar a imprimir = go to + press.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.* empezar Algo = get + Nombre + started.* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.* empezar a mejorar = turn + a corner, take + a turn, take + a turn for the better.* empezar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.* empezar a reírse a carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.* empezar a resquebrajarse = develop + cracks.* empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up with tears, eyes + start to well up.* empezar a sudar por el esfuerzo = work up + a sweat, work up + a lather.* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.* empezar a trabajar = take + job.* empezar a tratar = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.* empezar a utilizarse = come into + use.* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.* empezar de cero = start at + ground zero.* empezar de nuevo = a fresh start, start over, make + a fresh start.* empezar desde = work from, set out from.* empezar desde cero = start at + ground zero.* empezar desde la base = start at + ground zero.* empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.* empezar lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.* empezar por el final = work back from.* empezar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.* empezar por lo más difícil = plunge in at + the deep end.* empezar rápido = be quick off the mark, be quick off the blocks.* empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.* enseñanza antes de empezar el trabajo = pre-service education.* hay que empezar por el principio = first things must come first.* bebé que empieza a andar = toddler.* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.* una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.* volver a empezar = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board, a fresh start, start over, go back to + square one, be back to square one.* volver a empezar de cero = be back to square one, go back to + square one.* * *1.verbo intransitivo1) película/conferencia/invierno to begin, startempezar a + inf — to start to + inf, start -ing
empezó a nevar — it started to snow o snowing
me empezó a entrar hambre — I began o started to feel hungry
2) persona to startempezar de nuevo or volver a empezar — to start again
todo es (cuestión de) empezar — it'll be fine once we/you get started
empezar a + inf — to start -ing, start to + inf
empezó a llorar — he began o started to cry
empezar + ger — to start by -ing
empezó diciendo que... — she started o began by saying that...
empezar por + inf — to start o begin by -ing
empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico — let's begin o start by looking at the historical context
3)2.para empezar — first of all, to start with
empezar vt1) <tarea/actividad> to start2) <frasco/mermelada> to start, open* * *= begin, get + started, start, start off, kick off, set out, get + Nombre + underway, get + Posesivo + feet wet, set in, cut + Posesivo + spurs, commence.Ex: This section has begun to demonstrate some of the problems associated with the author approach.
Ex: 'We'll get started as soon as everyone arrives,' the executive director shook her hand and smiled graciously.Ex: Over the past two to three years the numbers of full text data bases and data banks has started to escalate considerably.Ex: If you establish a principle of using the national language, where do you start off?.Ex: The article is entitled 'The bucks start here: ALA kicks off library funding campaign'.Ex: The person seeking information needs to have all the necessary documentation before setting out, otherwise it could result in considerable expense and much time wasting.Ex: The author describes two surveys which the IFLA Section has been involved in to acquire the information necessary to get the project underway.Ex: Coming clean to voters is something she's gonna have to get used to if she is really serious about getting her feet wet in elected politics.Ex: Open or compound fractures were usually fatal prior to the advent of antiseptics in the 1860s because infection would set in.Ex: Lorene, who cut her spurs fighting for equal pay, said she was `absolutely gobsmacked' at having won the award.Ex: This stop list is input to the computer before indexing can commence, and is a list of the words which appear in text which have no value as access words in an index.* acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.* al empezar = first off.* bomba de relojería + empezar la cuenta atrás = time bomb + tick away.* empezar a = be on + Posesivo + way to.* empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).* empezar a actuar = swing into + action.* empezar a arder = catch + fire, catch on + fire.* empezar a caer en picado = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a calar en = grow on/upon + Pronombre.* empezar a comprender = grow on/upon + Pronombre.* empezar a dar carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.* empezar a darse cuenta de = grow on/upon + Pronombre.* empezar a debatir = embark on/upon + discussion.* empezar a deteriorarse = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a diluviar = the skies + open up.* empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a faltar = be in short supply, be at a premium.* empezar a fumar = take up + smoking.* empezar a funcionar = become + operational, get off + the ground, get + rolling, get + things going, get + things rolling, go + live, get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.* empezar a gustar la idea = warm up to + the idea.* empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.* empezar a imprimir = go to + press.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = hit + the skids, be on the skids.* empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.* empezar Algo = get + Nombre + started.* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.* empezar a mejorar = turn + a corner, take + a turn, take + a turn for the better.* empezar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.* empezar a reírse a carcajadas = burst into + a fit of laughter, burst into + side-splitting laughter.* empezar a resquebrajarse = develop + cracks.* empezar a saltar las lágrimas = eyes + start to well up with tears, eyes + start to well up.* empezar a sudar por el esfuerzo = work up + a sweat, work up + a lather.* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.* empezar a trabajar = take + job.* empezar a tratar = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.* empezar a utilizarse = come into + use.* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.* empezar de cero = start at + ground zero.* empezar de nuevo = a fresh start, start over, make + a fresh start.* empezar desde = work from, set out from.* empezar desde cero = start at + ground zero.* empezar desde la base = start at + ground zero.* empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.* empezar lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.* empezar por el final = work back from.* empezar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.* empezar por lo más difícil = plunge in at + the deep end.* empezar rápido = be quick off the mark, be quick off the blocks.* empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.* enseñanza antes de empezar el trabajo = pre-service education.* hay que empezar por el principio = first things must come first.* bebé que empieza a andar = toddler.* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.* una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.* volver a empezar = return to + the drawing boards, back to the drawing board, a fresh start, start over, go back to + square one, be back to square one.* volver a empezar de cero = be back to square one, go back to + square one.* * *empezar [A6 ]viA1 «película/conferencia/invierno» to begin, startel curso empieza el 16 the course begins o ( frml) commences on the 16th¿con qué letra empieza? what is the first letter?, what letter does it begin with?al empezar el siglo at the turn of the centuryya han empezado los fríos the cold weather has arrived o started2 empezar A + INF to start to + INF, start -INGha empezado a nevar it has started snowing, it has started to snowle empezó a entrar hambre she began o started to feel hungryempezó a hervir it began boiling o to boil, it came to the boil, it started boiling o to boille han empezado a salir espinillas she's getting o starting to get pimplesempieza a ser imposible conseguirlo it is becoming impossible to get itB «persona»1 (en una actividad) to start¿cuándo empieza la nueva secretaria? when is the new secretary starting?, when does the new secretary start?empezó de aprendiz he started o began as an apprenticetendremos que empezar de nuevo or volver a empezar we'll have to start againtodo es (cuestión de) empezar it'll be fine once we/you get started¡ya empezamos otra vez! here we go again!empezar POR algo/algn:empecemos por el principio let's begin o start at the beginningempezó por la pared del fondo he started o began with the back wallno sabe por dónde empezar she doesn't know where to begin o startvamos a empezar por ti let's start with you2 empezar A + INF to start -ING, start to + INFcuando empezó a hablar se le fueron los nervios once she started o began talking, her nervousness disappearedtenía dos años cuando empezó a hablar she started talking when she was twoempezó a llorar he began o started to cry3 empezar + GER to start BY -INGempezó diciendo que sería breve she started o began by saying that she would be briefempezó trabajando de mecánico he started by working as a mechanic, he started out as a mechanic4 empezar POR + INF to start o begin BY -INGempieza por sentarte begin o start by taking a seat, take a seat firstse empieza por marinar la carne first marinade the meatempecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico let's begin o start by looking at the historical contextCpara empezar: para empezar, me parece un disparate for a start o for one thing, I think it's a ridiculous ideapara empezar, ¿quién te dio permiso para leer mi correspondencia? who gave you permission to read my letters anyway?para empezar, hay que limpiar la superficie first of all o to start with, you have to clean the surface■ empezarvtA ‹tarea/actividad› to startse debe empezar el día con un buen desayuno you should start o begin the day with a good breakfast¿ya empezaste el tercer capítulo? have you started chapter three yet?B ‹frasco/lata/mermelada› to start, openno empieces otra botella don't start o open another bottle¿podemos empezar este jamón? can we start on this ham?* * *
empezar ( conjugate empezar) verbo intransitivo
1 [película/conferencia/invierno] to begin, start;◊ empezó a nevar it started to snow o snowing
2 [ persona] to start;
todo es cuestión de empezar it'll be fine once we/you get started;
no sé por dónde empezar I don't know where to begin;
vamos a empezar por ti let's start with you;
empezar a hacer algo to start doing sth, start to do sth;
empezó diciendo que … she started o began by saying that …;
empezó trabajando de mecánico he started out as a mechanic;
empecemos por estudiar el contexto histórico let's begin o start by looking at the historical context
3
verbo transitivo
empezar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo
1 (dar principio a una actividad) to begin, start: aún no hemos empezado a comer, we still haven't started to eat
para empezar, first of all: para empezar, eso que dices no es cierto, to begin with what you're saying is just not true
no empieces con tus tonterías, don't start being stupid again
2 (un paquete, una caja) to open, start: la caja de galletas está sin empezar, the box of biscuits hasn't been opened yet
3 (tener principio) to start: la película empieza a las diez, the film starts at ten o'clock ➣ Ver nota en begin y start
♦ Locuciones: ya empezamos, here we go again
' empezar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adormecerse
- arrancar
- cada
- cobrar
- compilación
- echar
- echarse
- ponerse
- pronta
- pronto
- romper
- soltarse
- trabar
- vaya
- volver
- ya
- a
- aclarar
- cero
- empiece
- entrar
- incendiar
- largar
- poner
English:
begin
- branch out
- clean up
- cotton on
- daunt
- fail
- flying
- get
- grow
- impatient
- kick off
- nervous
- open
- pipe up
- place
- set off
- spring
- square
- start
- start off
- start up
- strike up
- take off
- take up
- thing
- turn
- afresh
- beginning
- ground
- into
- keen
- kick
- originate
- over
- rampage
- roll
- scratch
- strike
- suppose
- undone
* * *♦ vtto begin, to start;empezó la conferencia dando la bienvenida a los asistentes she began o started her speech by welcoming everyone there;todavía no hemos empezado el colegio we still haven't started school;empecé el libro, pero no lo conseguí acabar I started (reading) the book, but didn't manage to finish it;hemos empezado la tarta we've started the cake;empezaron otra botella de vino they started o opened another bottle of wine♦ vito begin, to start (a/por to/by);la clase empieza a las diez the class begins o starts at ten o'clock;¿a qué hora empieza el partido? what time does the game start?;el concierto empezó tarde the concert started late;la película empieza con una escena muy violenta the film begins with a very violent scene;tuvieron que empezar de nuevo they had to start again;el aprender a nadar, todo es empezar with swimming, getting started is half the battle;¡no empieces!, ¡ya hemos discutido este tema lo suficiente! don't you start, we've spent long enough on this subject already!;¡ya empezamos con el vecino y su música! here we go again with our neighbour and his music!;al empezar la reunión when the meeting started o began;al empezar resulta un poco difícil it's quite hard at first o to begin with;en noviembre empezó a hacer frío it started getting colder in November;empezó pidiendo disculpas por su retraso she started o began by apologizing for being late;empezar por: empieza por el salón, yo haré la cocina you start on the living-room, I'll do the kitchen;empieza por aflojar los tornillos first, loosen the screws, start o begin by loosening the screws;empieza por portarte bien, y ya hablaremos first you start behaving well, then we'll talk;para empezar: para empezar, sopa I'd like soup for starters o to start with;para empezar, habrá que comprar los billetes first of all o to start with, we'll have to buy the tickets;no me gusta, para empezar, es demasiado pequeño I don't like it, it's too small to start with* * *I v/t start, beginII v/i1 start, begin;empezar a hacer algo start to do sth, start doing sth;empezar por hacer algo start o begin by doing sth;empezar por alguien start with s.o.;para empezar to begin with;ya empezamos fam here we go again* * *empezar {29} vcomenzar: to start, to begin* * *
См. также в других словарях:
Meeting Professionals International — (MPI) is a professional community for the global meetings industry. Founded in 1972, the Dallas based non profit association has 68 chapters and clubs, over 24,000 members from 69 chapters in 20 countries around the world.[1] It organizes four… … Wikipedia
Spring (television soap) — Spring is a Flemish Belgian television soap made by Studio 100 for children s channel Ketnet. Six seasons have been taped since the summer of 2002; the last ran from December 31, 2007 till March 2008. Season 1 *Spring is a dance school run by the … Wikipedia
Spring Holiday — is a generic North American term sometimes used in place of Easter or Good Friday. Sometimes, spring or just holiday will replace Easter with combinations such as The Spring Bunny and Spring Eggs. This term is used primarily in the United States … Wikipedia
Spring Security — is a Java/Java EE framework that provides advanced authentication, authorization and other security features for enterprise applications built using the Spring Framework (Java). The project was started in late 2003 as Acegi Security (pronounced… … Wikipedia
spring on — ˈspring on [transitive] [present tense I/you/we/they spring on he/she/it springs on present participle springing on past tense sprang on pas … Useful english dictionary
Spring Lake, New Jersey — Infobox Settlement official name = Spring Lake, New Jersey settlement type = Borough nickname = motto = imagesize = image caption = image imagesize = image caption = image mapsize = 250x200px map caption = Spring Lake in Monmouth County. Inset:… … Wikipedia
Spring Snow — Infobox Book name = Spring Snow title orig = Haru no Yuki 春の雪 translator = Michael Gallagher author = Yukio Mishima cover artist = country = Japan language = Japanese series = The Sea of Fertility genre = Novel publisher = Shinchosha (orig.)… … Wikipedia
Spring Breakout — Infobox Arrested Development episode episode name = Spring Breakout episode no = 2AJD17 airdate = April 10, 2005 writer = Barbara Feldman and Abraham Higginbotham director = Anthony Russo on the next = “Lucille gets some disturbing information,… … Wikipedia
meeting — noun 1 when people come together to discuss/decide sth ADJECTIVE ▪ frequent, regular ▪ annual, biannual, biennial, daily, monthly, quarterly, weekly … Collocations dictionary
Spring Awakening — This article is about the musical. For other uses, see Spring Awakening (disambiguation). Spring Awakening Original Broadway Recording Music Duncan Sheik Lyrics … Wikipedia
Spring Street Financial District — Infobox nrhp | name =Spring Street Financial District nrhp type = hd caption = Spring Street looking north from Hotel Hayward location= 354–704 S. Spring St., Los Angeles, California lat degrees = 34 lat minutes = 2 lat seconds = 48 lat direction … Wikipedia